WO2006099605A2 - Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods - Google Patents

Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006099605A2
WO2006099605A2 PCT/US2006/009910 US2006009910W WO2006099605A2 WO 2006099605 A2 WO2006099605 A2 WO 2006099605A2 US 2006009910 W US2006009910 W US 2006009910W WO 2006099605 A2 WO2006099605 A2 WO 2006099605A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dye
nucleic acid
inclusive
dye constituent
optionally
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/009910
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006099605A3 (en
Inventor
Fei Mao
Wai-Yee Leung
Xing Xin
Original Assignee
Biotium, Inc.
Allelogic Biosciences Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=36992471&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2006099605(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to CA2601455A priority Critical patent/CA2601455C/en
Priority to JP2008502133A priority patent/JP5249013B2/en
Priority to EP06738900A priority patent/EP1863933B1/en
Priority to ES06738900T priority patent/ES2374966T3/en
Priority to DK06738900.7T priority patent/DK1863933T3/en
Application filed by Biotium, Inc., Allelogic Biosciences Corp filed Critical Biotium, Inc.
Priority to AT06738900T priority patent/ATE527382T1/en
Priority to CN200680008515.XA priority patent/CN101142326B/en
Priority to AU2006225134A priority patent/AU2006225134B2/en
Priority to KR1020077023864A priority patent/KR101333434B1/en
Publication of WO2006099605A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006099605A2/en
Publication of WO2006099605A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006099605A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/38—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having only hydrogen or hydrocarbon radicals attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D221/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00
    • C07D221/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not provided for by groups C07D211/00 - C07D219/00 condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D221/04—Ortho- or peri-condensed ring systems
    • C07D221/06—Ring systems of three rings
    • C07D221/10—Aza-phenanthrenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/147—Ortho-condensed systems the condensed system containing one ring with oxygen as ring hetero atom and two rings with nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B15/00—Acridine dyes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6851—Quantitative amplification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/686—Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2563/00—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
    • C12Q2563/107—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties fluorescence
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2563/00—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
    • C12Q2563/173—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties staining/intercalating agent, e.g. ethidium bromide

Definitions

  • Biotium, Inc. (Hay ward, California (CA)) and AlleLogic Biosciences Corp. (Hay ward, CA) are parties to a joint research agreement pertaining to the present invention.
  • Fluorescent dyes have been used for the detection and analysis of biological samples. As fluorescent dyes are highly sensitive, they can be used to detect a very small number of fluorescent molecules. For example, such fluorescent dyes can be used to detect fewer than 50 fluorescent molecules that are associated with cells. Barak, etal,J. Cell Biol. 90, 595 (1981).
  • Fluorescent dyes may be used as probes for use in imaging in live cells or tissue samples.
  • a fluorescent-dye probe bound to a receptor on the surface of Dictyostelium cells has been used in the imaging of a single molecule of fluorescently labeled cAMP.
  • Several fluorescent probes having different fluorescent wavelengths may be used to perform multi-color imaging in live cells or tissue samples. Fluorescent probes are highly sensitive, of relatively low toxicity, and easy to dispose of relative to radioactive probes.
  • Fluorescent dyes can be used in the detection of nucleic acids, including DNA and RNA, and biological samples involving nucleic acids.
  • Nucleic acid polymers such as DNA and RNA are involved in the transmission of genetic information from one generation to the next and to the routine functioning of living organisms. Nucleic acids are thus of interest and the objects of study.
  • Fluorescent nucleic acid dyes that specifically bind to nucleic acids and form highly fluorescent complexes are useful tools for such study. These dyes can be used to detect the presence and quantities of DNA and RNA in a variety of media, including pure solutions, cell extracts, electrophoretic gels, micro-array chips, live or fixed cells, dead cells, and environmental samples. These dyes can be used in the quantitative detection of DNA in real-time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR), which is a technique used in genomic research and medical diagnosis.
  • qPCR real-time polymerase chain reaction
  • PCR Polymerase chain reaction
  • the reaction solution is maintained for a short period at each of three temperatures, 96°C, 60°C and 72°C, to allow strand separation or denaturation, annealing, and chain extension, respectively.
  • These three temperature stages are repeated for 30 or 40 cycles with the use of an automated thermo-cycler that can heat or cool the tube containing the reaction mixture very rapidly.
  • an automated thermo-cycler that can heat or cool the tube containing the reaction mixture very rapidly.
  • a million-fold copies of a DNA sample can be produced in a single enzymatic reaction mixture within a matter of hours, enabling researchers to determine the size and sequence of target DNA.
  • This DNA amplification technique has been used for cloning and other molecular biological manipulations. Further discussion of PCR is provided in Mullis, et ah, Methods Enzymol. (1987), and Saiki, et al, Science (1985).
  • qPCR quantitative real-time PCR
  • Fluorescence-based DNA detection is a generally sensitive, versatile, and convenient detection method that is used in qPCR.
  • the first type is based on oligonucleotides labeled with one or more fluorescent dyes, or with a combination of a fluorescent dye and a quencher dye. These labeled oligonucleotides release fluorescence either upon hybridization to a target sequence, or upon cleavage of the oligonucleotides following hybridization in a manner proportional to the amount of DNA present.
  • the mechanism and the use of the oligo-based fluorescent reagents have been described in various patents and publications.
  • oligo-based fluorescent reagents for qPCR have the advantage of being highly specific toward a target sequence, they are very complex in design and consequently expensive to use.
  • the second type of fluorescent reagents used in qPCR is based on DNA-binding fluorescent dyes, which are commonly referred to as fluorescent nucleic acid dyes or stains.
  • fluorescent nucleic acid dyes are relatively simple molecules, they are easy to manufacture and thus inexpensive to use. Their application in qPCR is useful for routine genetic detection in research labs.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid dye should meet certain criteria for it to be suitable for qPCR use. First, it should be chemically stable during PCR and storage. Since PCR is carried out at high temperature, the dye should be thermo-stable. Additionally, since the pH of the Tris buffer used for PCR can vary considerably from alkaline (pH 8.5) at low temperature (4°C) to neutral or slightly acidic at high temperature, the dye should be resistant to acid- or base-assisted decomposition.
  • the dye when present in the PCR solution, should not inhibit the PCR process.
  • the dye should be non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent in the absence of DNA, and should become highly fluorescent in the presence of DNA.
  • the dye should have absorption and emission wavelengths that are compatible with existing instruments, which are normally equipped with optical channels optimized for common fluorescent dyes, such as FAM, JOE, VIC (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA), TAMRA, ROX, Texas Red, Cy3, and Cy5, for example.
  • the dye should bind with DNA with little or no sequence preference.
  • the DNA-dye complexes should have fluorescence intensities that are linearly related to the amount of DNA present.
  • Ethidium bromide is a DNA dye that has been used to demonstrate the feasibility of using a simple dye for qPCR. Higuchi, et al, Bio-Technol 10(4), 413 (1992). However, EB suffers from problems of low sensitivity and undesirable wavelengths.
  • a widely used dye for qPCR is SYBR Green I from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, Oregon (OR)). Wittwer, et al, Biotechniques 22(1), 130 (1997). SYBR Green I is a cyclically substituted asymmetric cyanine dye.
  • SYBR Green I has excitation and emission wavelengths very closely matching those of FAM, with which most of the instruments are compatible, and that it is highly fluorescent when bound to DNA.
  • LC Green a DNA dye called LC Green was used for qPCR, although the structure of the dye was not disclosed. Although the LC Green dye appears to have desirable wavelengths matching the commonly used FAM optical channel in most of the PCR instruments, it is much less sensitive than SYBR Green I.
  • BEBO DNA minor groove-binder
  • BOXTO a DNA minor groove-binder
  • BEBO and BOXTO are asymmetric cyanine dyes
  • SYBR Green I has been widely used as a DNA dye for qPCR, it still is lacking in several respects.
  • SYBR Green I has an inhibitory effect on the PCR process, which limits the maximum signal strength one can achieve by increasing dye concentration.
  • the fluorescent signal strength of qPCR using SYBR Green I is initially proportional to the dye concentration until the dye concentration reaches a point where the dye starts to inhibit the PCR process significantly. A further increase in dye concentration will actually lower the signal strength or increase the cycle number (Ct) because of reduced DNA amplification.
  • SYBR Green I is chemically unstable under alkaline conditions, such as the alkaline condition of the PCR buffer when stored at low temperature.
  • SYBR Green I stored in Tris buffer at 4°C decomposes significantly over the course of a few days and that the dye decomposition products are apparently potent inhibitors. Karsai, et al, BioTechniques 32(4), 790 (2002). For yet another, SYBR Green I provides only one fluorescence color. Many commercially available fluorescence detection instruments have multiple optical channels (the FAM optical channel and additional other optical channels) and are thus capable of detecting multiple fluorescence colors.
  • a method of producing or designing a fluorescent dye suitable for useful application such as in a qPCR process, for example, is provided.
  • the method involves covalently linking two or three monomeric dyes via a bridge that may be flexible and substantially neutral (for example, neutral or slightly charged).
  • a method of producing or designing a dye, as provided herein, may allow for the development of a fluorescent nucleic acid dye that has a wavelength and/or other spectral property that heretofore could not be obtained.
  • a fluorescent dye suitable for useful application such as that described above, for example, is provided.
  • a dimeric or trimeric dye which may be produced according to a method described herein, may form a hairpin structure, which, it is believed, may enable the dye to stain nucleic acids via a release-on-demand mechanism, as further described herein.
  • a dye described herein may have at least one feature or all of the following features: relatively low "fluorescence background" (fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids), if any, and ideally, no fluorescence background; relatively low PCR inhibition, and ideally, no PCR inhibition; relatively high fluorescent signal strength; and relative high stability.
  • the dye may be better as to at least one of these features, or as to all of these features, than an existing dye, such as SYBR Green I, merely by way of example.
  • a dye described herein may have a property, such as a wavelength and/or another spectral property, for example, that heretofore could not be obtained.
  • Dimeric and/or trimeric nucleic acid dyes or stains that are capable of intramolecular dimer formation, or the formation of a hairpin structure, are provided. It is believed that a hairpin-shaped dye may non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent by itself, but may become highly fluorescent in the presence of nucleic acids. It is believed that nucleic acid binding of the dye may occur via an intermediate state wherein the dye forms, in part, an open random conformation. It is further believed that this open random conformation of the dye may exist in a small quantity and in equilibrium with the hairpin state.
  • the above-described mechanism which may be referred to as a release-on- demand mechanism of DNA staining, may be desirable for various applications, such as quantitative, real-time PCR (qPCR), for example.
  • qPCR quantitative, real-time PCR
  • a higher concentration of a dye described herein may be used in qPCR. This higher concentration of dye may increase DNA detection sensitivity, perhaps significantly.
  • a method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is provided.
  • the sample may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid.
  • Such a method may comprise providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, where the fluorescent nucleic acid dye has the formula:
  • BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms
  • Q 1 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent
  • Q 2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent.
  • the dye constituents may be any of suitable dye constituents, such as those described herein, for example.
  • the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may be selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye.
  • At least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q 2 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent
  • at least one dye constituent of the Q 1 dye constituent and the Q 2 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent.
  • the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may or may not be the same.
  • the method may comprise performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid.
  • the process may be a PCR process, such as a realtime PCR process, for example.
  • the method may comprise illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
  • Another method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is provided.
  • the sample may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid.
  • Such a method method may comprise providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, where the fluorescent nucleic acid dye has the formula: wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms; Q 1 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q 2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; Q 3 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nu
  • the dye constituents may be any suitable dye constituents, such as those described herein, for example.
  • the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may be selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye.
  • At least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q 2 dye constituent, and the Q 3 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent
  • at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q 2 dye constituent, and the Q 3 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent.
  • the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may or may not be the same.
  • the method may comprise performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid.
  • the process may be a PCR process, such as a real-time PCR process, for example.
  • the method may comprise illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
  • BRIDGE may have the formula set forth directly below. [A 6 -(CH 2 ) c -]f[A 7 -(CH 2 ) n -] g [A 8 -(CH 2 )e-] h [A 9 -(CH 2 )-]i-A 10 -L2-
  • each of L 1 and L 2 is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and x, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each
  • BRIDGE may comprise a suitable number of non-hydrogen atoms, such as from about 8 to about 100 or about 150, inclusive, about 12 to about 60, inclusive, or about 15 to about 40, inclusive, merely by way of example.
  • BRIDGE may comprise up to one positive charge, merely by way of example.
  • BRIDGE may be any suitable linker molecule, such as any described herein, for example. In one example, BRIDGE has the formula:
  • each x independently, is an integer selected from 1 to 11, inclusive; ⁇ is an integer selected from 2 to about 20, inclusive; each of ⁇ and ⁇ , independently, is 2 or 3; b is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and c is zero or 1.
  • compositions associated with the above-described methods are also provided.
  • a dye of any of the structures provided directly below is provided.
  • ⁇ represents an anion, such as a iodide or a chlorine anion, merely by way of example.
  • BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge;
  • Qi is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent;
  • Q 2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and
  • R 1 - is a reactive group or a functional group.
  • the reactive group or functional group may be any of suitable such groups, such as those described herein, for example.
  • the composition may be any suitable composition, such as any of those described herein, for example.
  • a method of using the composition, or dye may comprise conjugating the composition to a substrate molecule, such as a substrate molecule selected from a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, and a molecule of a solid surface.
  • a substrate molecule such as a substrate molecule selected from a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, and a molecule of a solid surface.
  • a method of preparing a sample that may or may not comprise nucleic acid is also provided. The method may comprise providing a combination of the sample and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein, wherein if nu
  • the method may further comprise incubating the combination.
  • a method of determining presence or absence of nucleic acid in a sample is also provided. The method may comprise providing a combination of the sample and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein, wherein if nucleic acid is present in the sample, a nucleic acid-dye complex is formed; illuminating the combination with light at a wavelength sufficient such that if a nucleic acid-complex is formed the light is absorbed thereby; and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
  • a kit for determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is also provided. The kit may comprise at least one composition sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid in the sample should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid, and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic illustration of DNA binding via a release-on- demand mechanism, in which three conformation states of the dye are in substantial equilibrium.
  • Figure 2 is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) a dimeric dye, AOAO-7 (o), and b) a monomeric AO dye, DMAO ( ⁇ ), in PBS buffer.
  • Figure 3 is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (run), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) a dimeric dye, A0A0-7 (•), and b) a monomeric AO dye, DMAO (A), in a buffer and in the presence of DNA.
  • FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus wavelength (nm), or fluorescence emission spectra, of DMAO ( ⁇ ) and AOAO-7 (o) in PBS buffer before DNA addition, a) and c), respectively, and DMAO (A) and AOAO-7 (•) in PBS buffer after DNA addition, b) and d), respectively.
  • FIG. 5 is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) TOTO-I (prepared according to U.S. Patent No. 5,582,977) (darker line), and b) TOTO-3 (lighter line), in a buffer.
  • FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) TOTO-I according to U.S. Patent No. 5,582,977) (darker line), and b) TOTO-3 (lighter line), in a buffer and in the presence of DNA.
  • Figure 7 includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus DNA concentration ( ⁇ g/mL), or a titration, of single-stranded DNA (0), and double-stranded DNA ( ⁇ ), in solution and in the presence of A0A0-12 (at 0.2 ⁇ M).
  • Figure 7 also includes an inset graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus DNA concentration that shows a substantially linear relationship between the two.
  • FIG. 8 is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using SYBR Green I at a lower dye concentration ( ⁇ ) and a higher dye concentration (A), and A0A0-12 at a lower dye concentration (D) and a higher dye concentration ( ⁇ ), where Ct generally refers to the cycle number at which the fluorescence signal reaches an arbitrary threshold and, in a PCR amplification plot, generally corresponds to where the fluorescence signal just begins to rise from the baseline.
  • Figure 9 includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using A0A0-12 (G), and SYBR Green I ( ⁇ ), as the fluorescent probe, each at optimal concentrations.
  • Ct relative fluorescence versus cycle number
  • G A0A0-12
  • SYBR Green I ⁇
  • Figure 9 also includes an inset graphical representation of Ct versus log of DNA sample copy number, using A0A0-12 ( ⁇ ) and SYBR Green I (A), respectively, that in each case, shows a substantially linear relationship between the two.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic illustration of possible combinations A, B, C, D, and E, of monomeric dyes, Qi and Q 2 , to form a dimeric dye.
  • Combination A comprises two identical reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dyes or two reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dyes of similar spectra.
  • Combination B comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one non-reporter DNA-binding molecule.
  • Combination C comprises one non-reporter DNA-binding molecule and one reporter non-DNA-binding dye.
  • Combination D comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one non-reporter non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye.
  • Combination E comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one reporter fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye.
  • FIG. 11 is a graphical representation of fluorescence intensity versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using TO monomeric dye (o), TOTO-I monomeric dye ( ⁇ ), and TOTO-12 dimeric dye (D) (Compound No. 24, Table 2).
  • Figure 12 is a graphical representation of absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or absorption spectra, of heterodimeric dye AORO-7 in PBS buffer (o), and of heterodimeric dye AORO-7 in PBS buffer and in the presence of DNA
  • FIG. 13 is a graphical representation of arbitrary fluorescence intensity versus wavelength (nm), or emission spectra, of the heterodimeric dye AORO-7, with excitation either at 500 nm (solid, darker line) or at about 560 nm (broken, lighter line), recorded separately.
  • Figure 14 includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using the heterodimeric dye AORO-7.
  • Figure 14 also includes an inset graphical representation, or melting curve plot, of relative fluorescence signal versus temperature ( 0 C).
  • Figure 15 is a graphical representation, or melting curve plot, of relative fluorescence change versus temperature ( 0 C), A) using AOAO- 12 (dashed lines) monitoring, and B) using SYBR Green I (solid lines) monitoring, of four amplicons, TBP (o), SDHA ( ⁇ ), RPL4 (0), and HMBS (o).
  • Figure 16 is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence monitored at 6O 0 C versus minutes at 96 0 C, or thermo-stability at 96 0 C, of A0A0-12.
  • Fluorescent dyes or stains that may be useful in various applications, such as nucleic acid detection, for example, are described herein.
  • Such dyes may be dimeric or trimeric nucleic acid dyes, for example, that have low background fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids, but become highly fluorescent in the presence of nucleic acids.
  • Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes may be useful in various applications, such as nucleic acid detection, for example, as described herein.
  • Methods associated with the preparation and use of fluorescent dyes or stains are also described herein, as are useful systems, or kits, that comprise fluorescent dyes or stains.
  • any figure or number presented herein is approximate, and that any numerical range includes the minimum number and the maximum number defining the range, whether or not the term “inclusive” or the like appears, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise.
  • any permissive, open, or open-ended language encompasses any relatively permissive to restrictive language, open to closed language, or open-ended to closed-ended language, respectively, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise.
  • the word “comprising” may encompass “comprising”-, “consisting essentially of'-, and/or “consisting of -type language.
  • stain and distale may be used interchangeably and refer to an aromatic molecule capable of absorbing light in the spectral range of from about 250 nm to about 1,200 nm.
  • the term “dye” may refer to a fluorescent dye, a non-fluorescent dye, or both.
  • fluorescent dye refers to a dye capable of emitting light when excited by another light of appropriate wavelength.
  • fluorescence quencher refers to a molecule capable of quenching the fluorescence of another fluorescent molecule. Fluorescence quenching can occur via at least one of the three ways. The first type of fluorescence quenching occurs via fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) (F ⁇ rster, Ann. Phys. (1948); and Stryer, et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (1967)), wherein a quencher absorbs the emission light from a fluorescent molecule. The absorption peak of a FRET quencher usually has to have significant overlap with the emission peak of a fluorescent dye for the FRET quencher to be an efficient fluorescent quencher.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • a FRET quencher is typically a non-fluorescent dye, but can also be a fluorescent dye. When a quencher is a fluorescent dye, only the absorption property of the dye is utilized.
  • a second type of fluorescence quenching occurs via photo-induced electron transfer (PET), wherein the quencher is an electron-rich molecule that quenches the fluorescence of a fluorescent molecule by transferring an electron to the electronically excited dye.
  • PET photo-induced electron transfer
  • a third type of fluorescence quenching occurs via dye aggregation, such as H-dimer formation, wherein two or more dye molecules are in physical contact with one another, thereby dissipating the electronic energy into the vibrational modes of the molecules.
  • This type of contact fluorescence quenching can occur between two identical fluorescent dyes, or between two different fluorescent dyes, or between a fluorescent dye and a FRET quencher, or between a fluorescent dye and a PET quencher.
  • Other types of fluorescence quenchers though not used as commonly, include stable free radical compounds and certain heavy metal complexes.
  • nucleic acid refers to double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), single-stranded DNA (ssDNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), single-stranded RNA (ssRNA), and/or derivatives thereof.
  • dsDNA double-stranded DNA
  • ssDNA single-stranded DNA
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • ssRNA single-stranded RNA
  • a nucleic acid may be natural or synthetic.
  • fluorescent nucleic acid stain or “fluorescent nucleic acid dye” refers to a dye capable of binding to a nucleic acid to form a fluorescent dye-nucleic acid complex.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid dye is typically non-fluorescent or weakly fluorescent by itself, but becomes highly fluorescent upon nucleic acid binding.
  • non-fluorescent, nucleic acid-binding molecule refers to a nucleic acid-binding molecule that may or may not be a dye and that does not become fluorescent upon binding to nucleic acid.
  • fluorescent DNA dye refers to a dye that becomes fluorescent upon binding to DNA.
  • fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dye refers to a fluorescent dye that does not bind to nucleic acid.
  • non-fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dye refers to a dye that is neither fluorescent nor nucleic acid-binding. Such a dye is commonly called a fluorescence quencher. Frequently, a fluorescence quencher is used to form a FRET pair with a fluorescent dye.
  • reporter dye refers to a fluorescent dye whose emitted fluorescence contributes to the final detected fluorescence signal.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • quantitative, realtime PCR or “qPCR” refers to a technique to monitor the growing amount of DNA in the course of a PCR.
  • fluorescent nucleic acid dyes can be classified into two major classes: intercalators and minor groove-binders.
  • fluorescent intercalators are dyes that bind to double-stranded DNA or double-stranded RNA by inserting themselves in between a neighboring base pair.
  • minor groove-binders are dyes that bind to the minor groove of double-stranded DNA.
  • dyes may bind to nucleic acids via multiple modes, including electrostatic interaction between a positively charged dye and the negatively charged nucleic acid.
  • an ideal dye for qPCR should meet various criteria, as now described.
  • the dye should be thermally stable at high temperature (from about 60°C to about 96°C) in a PCR buffer and hydrolytically stable at low temperature (from about — 20°C to about 4 0 C) when the media becomes alkaline.
  • the dye should not inhibit the PCR process, this generally being the most important criteria, as in the most severe cases of PCR inhibition, the PCR process may not even start, and in milder cases, the Ct number may be delayed, or only a very low dye concentration may be used, such that the fluorescence signal is limited.
  • the dye should be non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent in the absence of DNA, but become highly fluorescent in the presence of DNA.
  • the absorption and emission wavelengths of the dye should be compatible with instruments used in connection with qPCR, such as the existing instruments previously described.
  • the DNA binding of the dye should have little or no sequence preference.
  • the fluorescence intensity of the DNA-dye complexes should be linearly related to the amount of DNA present.
  • a dye described herein may or may not meet one or more of the above-described criteria.
  • a method for designing a fluorescent nucleic acid dye such as one suitable for qPCR, for example, is provided.
  • the method comprises covalently linking two or three monomeric dyes with a suitable linker to form a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye.
  • a dye described herein when in solution, may assume a predominantly hairpin-like conformation due to intramolecular dimer formation. This hairpin-like conformation or state of the dye is inactive with respect to nucleic acids, or incapable of interacting with nucleic acids. It is believed that the dye, when in solution and in the presence of nucleic acids, also assumes an open random conformation or state, which exists in small quantity and in substantial equilibrium with the hairpin conformation.
  • the open random conformation or state of the dye is active with respect to nucleic acids, or capable of interacting or binding with nucleic acids. It is believed that when the dye is in the presence of an increasing amount of nucleic acids, an equilibrium shift from the hairpin state toward the intermediate, open random state, or DNA-binding state, occurs. It is believed that this mechanism, sometimes referred to as a "release-on- demand DNA-binding mechanism," reduces PCR inhibition that may otherwise be associated with the dye. As a consequence, the dye may be used in PCR processes at a higher concentration than might otherwise be possible, and thus, may provide for greater nucleic acid detection sensitivity than might otherwise be possible. The reduction in PCR inhibition may be dramatic, and the increase in nucleic acid detection sensitivity may be significant.
  • a dimeric dye or trimeric dye described herein may posses any number of desirable characteristics.
  • such a dye may have a background fluorescence that is reduced relative to that of its monomeric dye constituents. Relatively low background fluorescence generally corresponds to relatively enhanced nucleic acid detection sensitivity. Thus, such a dye is generally associated with enhanced nucleic acid detection sensitivity.
  • a dye described herein may be more thermally and/or hydrolytically stable than SYBR Green I. Still further by way of example, a dye described herein may have absorption and emission wavelengths other than those associated with existing qPCR dyes.
  • a fluorescent dimeric nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 1) set forth directly below.
  • each dye of dye Qi and dye Q 2 is selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 may be selected and combined in a manner to encourage or to ensure desired properties of the resulting dimeric dye.
  • At least one dye of dye Qi and dye Q 2 is a reporter dye.
  • at least one dye of dye Qi and dye Q 2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye.
  • the reporter dye and fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be the same or different.
  • BRIDGE may be positively charged to a relatively limited extent or substantially neutral in charge, and may be a substantially flexible constituent that facilitates intramolecular dimer formation to produce the dimeric dye.
  • a fluorescent trimeric nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 2) set forth directly below.
  • each dye of dye Qi, dye Q 2 , and dye Q 3 is selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes.
  • Qi, Q 2 , and Q 3 may be selected and combined in a manner to encourage or to ensure desired properties of the resulting trimeric dye.
  • At least one dye of dye Qi, dye Q 2 , and dye Q 3 is a reporter dye.
  • at least one dye of dye Qi, dye Q 2 , and dye Q 3 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye or non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye.
  • the reporter dye and fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be the same or different.
  • BRIDGE may be positively charged to a relatively limited extent or substantially neutral in charge, and may be a substantially flexible constituent that facilitates intramolecular dimer formation to produce the trimeric dye.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 3) set forth directly below. Structure 3
  • each dye of dye Qi, dye Q 2 may be as described above in relation to Structure 1 and Structure 2; BRIDGE may be a substantially aliphatic linker, as previously described; and R r may be a reactive group or a functional group.
  • Qi may be a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent;
  • Q 2 may be a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent;
  • BRIDGE may be a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non- hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge; and R r may be a reactive group or a functional group, as described herein.
  • BRIDGE may be a substantially flexible linker molecule, having no more than one positive charge.
  • BRIDGE may be a substantially neutral and substantially flexible linker molecule.
  • the constituents of BRIDGE may be selected to achieve such a limited positive charge or such a substantial neutrality.
  • the property of substantial neutrality, which includes actual neutrality, is discussed further below.
  • the property of substantial flexibility is generally related to the substantially aliphatic nature, which includes actual aliphatic nature, of BRIDGE. This substantial aliphatic nature generally refers to the non-aromaticity of BRIDGE, or non-rigidity of BRIDGE.
  • BRIDGE is covalently attached to Q 1 and Q 2 .
  • BRIDGE may have from about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 8 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 12 to about 60 non- hydrogen atoms, or from about 15 or about 20 to about 40 or about 50 non-hydrogen atoms, for example.
  • BRIDGE is covalently attached to Qi, Q 2 and Q 3 .
  • BRIDGE may have from about 15 to about 150 non- hydrogen atoms, from about 20 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 20 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, or from about 30 to about 70 non-hydrogen atoms, for example.
  • BRIDGE may incorporate at least one independent nucleic-acid-binding- enhancing-group (NABEG).
  • a NABEG is a moiety capable of binding to nucleic acids in the form of electrostatic, hydrophobic, or hydrogen-bonding interactions.
  • a NABEG may be selected from primary amines; secondary amines; tertiary amines; ammoniums; amidines; aryl groups optionally comprising hetero atoms selected from N, O, S, and any combination thereof; moieties having bonds comprising hetero atoms of high electronegativity; and any combination thereof.
  • Primary, secondary and tertiary amines and amidines are basic groups and therefore are positively charged or at least partially positively charged at physiological pH.
  • Ammonium groups, or quaternized nitrogen groups are permanently positively charged.
  • positively charged or partially positively charged groups enhance the nucleic acid binding of the dye via electrostatic interaction, a property that may be exploited in the development of highly sensitive fluorescent nucleic acid stains. It is generally undesirable to use BRIDGE having excessive positive charges to produce a dye of the present invention.
  • a suitable BRIDGE of a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye of the invention may comprise no more than one positive charge.
  • BRIDGE may be a substantially flexible and neutral or substantially neutral linker.
  • substantially neutrality refers to slight charge.
  • BRIDGE could comprise a weakly basic constituent, such as a pyridine group or a pyrazine group, for example, such that when it is in aqueous solution, a very small amount of positive charges may be present.
  • the exact amount of positive charge may be generally related to the pK a of the NABEG. Generally, the higher the pIQ of the NABEG, the more likely the NABEG is protonated and thus, positively charged.
  • a suitable weakly basic NABEG group may have a pK a of about 11 or less, about 8 or less, or about 7 or less.
  • H-dimer formation may produce a hairpin-like structure, wherein H-dimer forms a stem portion of the hairpin and BRIDGE forms a curved portion, as schematically illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the phenomenon of H-dimer formation in connection with certain dyes has been described in West, et ah, J. Phys. Chem. (1965); Rohatgi, et ah, J. Phys. Chem. (1966); Rohatgi, et ah, Chem.
  • BRIDGE is a flexible and neutral or substantially neutral hydrocarbon linker, optionally comprising one or more neutral NABEG(s).
  • H-dimer formation may be characterized by a large blue shift of the dye absorption spectrum.
  • the absorption spectra of a monomeric dye AO (acridine orange) and a related dimeric dye, A0A0-7, that forms an intramolecular dimer are shown in Figure 2.
  • the 471 nm peak associated with the A0A0-7 dimer indicates intramolecular H-dimer formation.
  • the absorption spectra of both the monomer and the dimer become similar once DNA-binding occurs, indicating the opening up of the hairpin structure.
  • the disappearance of the 471 nm peak from A0A0-7 dimer indicates the opening up of the hairpin structure upon DNA binding.
  • H-dimer formation in a dye described herein may be associated with two major benefits.
  • One of the major benefits is a reduction, sometimes dramatic, in background fluorescence, coupled with a substantial increase in fluorescence upon DNA-binding, as demonstrated by a large gain in the fluorescence signal.
  • This benefit may be appreciated by comparing the fluorescence spectra of a monomeric acridine orange dye, DMAO, and a dimeric acridine orange dye, AOAO-7, in the absence and presence of DNA.
  • DMAO monomeric acridine orange dye
  • AOAO-7 dimeric acridine orange dye
  • Intramolecular dimer-associated fluorescence quenching may be so efficient that a dye described herein may be constructed from at least one monomeric dye that is not normally considered to be very desirable, such as at least one monomeric dye that has high background fluorescence, for example.
  • a dye described herein may be constructed from at least one monomeric dye that is not normally considered to be very desirable, such as at least one monomeric dye that has high background fluorescence, for example.
  • Figure 4 features acridine orange (AO) and a dimer thereof.
  • AO is one of the earliest known nucleic acid-binding dyes and has desirable wavelengths, it has not been widely used for nucleic acid detection because of its relatively high background fluorescence.
  • the dimeric dye AOAO-7 has much lower background fluorescence.
  • H-dimer formation occurs via intramolecular, rather than intermolecular, interaction.
  • the H-dimer formation occurs via the covalent linkage of two or three dyes, such as a pair of desirable monomeric dyes, for example.
  • the H-dimer formation may be accomplished relatively easily, without the need for an additional reagent, such as an additional reagent that may interfere with a useful application of the dye, for example.
  • a dimeric dye may be formed from a pairing of one nucleic acid-binding dye constituent and one non-nucleic acid-binding fluorescent dye constituent in solution, without the use of an additional reagent.
  • a trimeric dye may be prepared from two nucleic acid- binding dye constituents and one non-nucleic acid-binding fluorescent dye constituent in solution, again, without the use of an additional reagent.
  • the H-dimer formation provides a useful way to trap the dye in a non-DNA-binding state, which has no inhibitory effect on PCR and which shifts to the open random state or the DNA- binding state only when DNA is present.
  • the effective dye concentration, or the concentration of the dye in the open random state can be kept low, even though a high total dye concentration is used to increase the qPCR sensitivity.
  • H-dimer formation in a dye described herein may be associated with another major benefit.
  • This unexpected benefit is that H-dimer formation in a dye may significantly reduce the inhibitory effect of the dye to PCR in a qPCR application.
  • the fluorescent signal from a fluorescent DNA dye is proportional to the dye concentration, until dye saturation.
  • a higher dye concentration is associated with a greater formation of DNA-dye complexes, and thus, greater, or brighter, fluorescence, until dye saturation. Therefore, ideally, one would wish to start with a high enough dye concentration for maximal sensitivity in a qPCR application.
  • the concentration of SYBR Green 1 that used in qPCR is not provided by the manufacturer, such that precise comparison with other dyes is not easy or routine.
  • concentration of a dye is linearly related to its optical density according to Beer's law
  • the optical density characteristics of SYBR Green 1 solution used in qPCR and another dye solution used in qPCR may be used to at least qualitatively compare the respective concentrations.
  • a typical optical density for SYBR Green 1 solution used in qPCR is from 0.025 to 0.05
  • the optical density for a solution of Dye No. 19 of Table 2 herein used in qPCR is typically from about 0.04 to about 0.8, or more typically, from about 0.1 to about 0.4.
  • the SYBR Green I dye shows a significant inhibition effect when the dye concentration is increased from 0.5X, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.025 at the absorption peak of 495nm, to a IX concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.05 at the same absorption peak.
  • 0.5X which corresponds to an optical density of 0.025 at the absorption peak of 495nm
  • IX concentration which corresponds to an optical density of 0.05 at the same absorption peak.
  • the cycle number, or Ct value associated with the IX dye concentration is delayed. This delayed Ct value indicates that SYBR Green I significantly inhibits PCR at higher dye concentration.
  • the dimeric dye, A0A0-12 exhibits little or no inhibition when the dye concentration is increased from a IX dye concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.1 at the absorption peak of 471nm, to a 2X dye concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.2 at the same absorption peak. Because A0A0-12 shows little or no PCR inhibition, it can be used at a concentration that is relatively high and provide a fluorescent signal that can be several times higher than that of SYBR Green I, as shown in Figure 9. In brief, A0A0-12 shows little or no PCR inhibition within a wide concentration range, and thus can be used at a higher concentration for an increased fluorescent signal.
  • the hairpin conformation is an inactive form of the dye, while the open conformation is an active form of the dye, capable of DNA binding.
  • dye in the open conformation shifts to a DNA-bound conformation, more dye in the hairpin conformation shifts to the open conformation, and dye in the open conformation stays at a very low concentration.
  • the majority of the dye is trapped in the non-DNA-binding hairpin conformation and is only released to the open conformation, or the DNA-binding form, in response to greater DNA presence.
  • This "release-on-demand" mechanism makes it possible for a dye to be used at a relatively high concentration without adversely affecting the PCR process itself.
  • SYBR Green I does not have a non- DNA-binding conformation that helps lower the effective concentration of the dye and thus shows a highly concentration-dependent PCR inhibitory effect.
  • nucleic acid stains described herein are relatively simple and can be prepared on a desirable scale, such as in amounts measured in grams to tens of grams, for example, on a fairly routine basis. These nucleic acid stains may be used fairly universally for detection of DNA amplification and for relatively routine research applications.
  • fluorescent nucleic acid dyes may be used to detect the presence and amount of DNA in a substantially non-sequence-selective manner, and in a relatively universal manner.
  • BRIDGE may have the formula (Formula 1) set forth directly below.
  • each substituent of substituent Li and substituent L 2 (each of which may be referred to as simply "L") is part of BRIDGE.
  • Li is covalently bound to one dye constituent of the Q 1 dye constituent and the Q 2 dye constituent
  • L 2 is covalently bound to the dye constituent of the Q 1 dye constituent and the Q 2 that is other than said one dye constituent.
  • each of L 1 and L 2 is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl group optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S.
  • the subscripts associated with the (CH 2 ) methylene units may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated methylene unit and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20 or from 1 to about 12.
  • the subscripts associated with the bracketed portions of Formula 1, namely, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated bracketed portion of the formula and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, or from 1 to about 10 or from 1 to about 5.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 may be the same or different, each, independently, being a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S.
  • NABEG nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 may be such that BRIDGE comprises at most one positive charge, or is substantially neutral, and in the latter case, each of these constituents, independently, may itself be substantially neutral, which includes actual neutrality.
  • NABEGs may be selected from moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S; and aryl groups optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
  • moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S include, but are not limited to moieties comprising at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thiourea bond, ether bond, or thioether bond.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 may be a branching unit covalently linked to Q 3 through a branch B' and a linker L, as shown in the formula (Formula 2) set forth directly below. .
  • Formula 2
  • T may be a substituted carbon, a substituted nitrogen, or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from O, N and S.
  • B' has the formula (Formula 3) set forth directly below.
  • each of A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , and A 14 may be a neutral or substantially neutral nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing- group (NABEG); a neutral branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one neutral saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S, as described previously in connection with each of A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 of Formula 1.
  • NABEG nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing- group
  • the subscripts associated with the (CH 2 ) methylene units may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated methylene unit and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20.
  • the subscripts associated with the bracketed portions of Formula 3, namely, a', b', and c', may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated bracketed portion and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20.
  • I ⁇ may be a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl group optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O and S, as described previously in connection with each of the L components of Formula 1.
  • the resulting molecule is a trimeric nucleic acid stain.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 may be a branching unit covalently linked to a reactive group R r through a branch B' and a linker L 3 , as shown in the formula (Formula 4) set forth directly below.
  • T, B' and L 3 are defined as set forth above in connection with Formula 2 and Formula 3, with the exception that L 3 is covalently bound to R r .
  • the resulting molecule may be a nucleic acid stain as represented by Structure 3 above.
  • a dye with a reactive group -R r can be used to label any of a wide variety of molecules that comprise a suitable functional group or are derivatized to comprise a suitable functional group. It is understood that the term “reactive group” can be used to refer to a "reactive group” or a “functional group” and that the term “functional group” can be used to refer to a "reactive group” or a “functional group.” Either term may refer, and both terms may refer, to a bond-forming group on a dye, or to a bond- forming group on the substrate molecule to be labeled.
  • a bond-forming group on the dye will generally be referred to as a reactive group and a bond-forming group on the substrate molecule will generally be referred to as a functional group.
  • a dye with a reactive group or functional group -R r may have up to one positive charge.
  • conjugation of a dye to a substrate molecule may confer a nucleic acid-detection property of the dye on the conjugated substrate molecule.
  • the reactive group and the functional group are typically an electrophile and a nucleophile, respectively, that can form a covalent bond.
  • the reactive group is a photoactivatable group capable of reacting with a hydrocarbon molecule upon ultraviolet photoactivation or photolysis.
  • the reactive group is a dienophile capable of reacting with a conjugated diene via a Diels- Alder reaction.
  • the reactive group is a 1,3-diene capable of reacting with a dienophile.
  • Still other reactive group/functional group pairs may be selected based on Staudinger chemistry or the reaction between an azido group and a terminal alkyne (the so-called Click chemistry).
  • Staudinger chemistry the reaction between an azido group and a terminal alkyne
  • Click chemistry the reaction between an azido group and a terminal alkyne
  • Activated esters generally have the formula — CO ⁇ , where ⁇ is a good leaving group, such as succinimidyloxy ( — OC 4 H 4 O 2 ), sulfosuccinimidyloxy ( — OC 4 H 3 O 2 — SO 3 H), or -1-oxybenzotriazolyl ( — OC 6 H 4 N 3 ), for example; or an aryloxy group or aryloxy substituted one or more times by electron-withdrawing substituent(s), such as nitro, fluoro, chloro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or combinations thereof, for example, used to form activated aryl esters; or a carboxylic acid activated by a carbodiimide to form an anhydride or mixed anhydride — OCOR a or — 0CNR a NHR b , where R a and R b , which may be the same or different, are independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • the reactive group may be one that will react with an amine, a thiol, or an aldehyde.
  • the reactive group may be an amine-reactive group, such as a succinimidyl ester, for example, or a thiol-reactive group, such as a maleimide, a haloacetamide, or a methanethio-sulfonate (MTS), for example, or an aldehyde-reactive group, such as an amine, an aminooxy, or a hydrazide, for example.
  • a reactive dye may be conjugated to any of a wide variety of substrate molecules.
  • a suitable substrate may be a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, a molecule of a solid surface, such as the surface of a silicon wafer, the surface of a polypropylene substrate or container, or the like, for example.
  • a molecule to be labeled may be a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, or a molecule that may interact with a nucleic acid.
  • DNA-binding dyes have been used to label an oligonucleotide-based probe for qPCR applications. Shiguro, T., et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 4992-7 (1996).
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 which may be the same or different, may, independently, be NABEGs selected from moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S; and aryl groups optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
  • moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S include, but are not limited to moieties comprising at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thiourea bond, ether bond, or thioether bond.
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 may be such that BRIDGE comprises at most one positive charge, or is substantially neutral, and in the latter case, each of these constituents may itself be substantially neutral, which includes actual neutrality.
  • BRIDGE may comprise any suitable number of non-hydrogen atoms, as previously described, such as from about 10 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, for example, or from about 12 to about 60 non-hydrogen atoms for the dimeric dyes, and from about 20 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms for the trimeric dyes.
  • BRIDGE may have from about 15 to about 40 non-hydrogen atoms for the dimeric dyes, and from about 30 to about 70 non-hydrogen atoms for the trimeric dyes.
  • BRIDGE may have the formula (Formula 5) set forth directly below.
  • BRIDGE may be as just described, wherein c is 1. Further, merely by way of example, BRIDGE may be as just described, wherein c is 1, and further, wherein x may be 5; ⁇ and ⁇ may be the same and may be 2 or 3; ⁇ may be 2; and b may be 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • each of the constituent monomeric dyes or functional molecules, Ql, Q2, and Q3, used for the dimeric and trimeric dyes may be selected from: 1) fluorescent nucleic acid dyes; 2) non-fluorescent, nucleic acid-binding molecules; 3) fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dyes; and 4) non-fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dyes.
  • Ql, Q2 and Q3 may be selected and covalently linked via BRIDGE in a manner to encourage or to ensure intramolecular dimer formation in the absence of DNA and formation of highly fluorescent DNA-dye complexes upon DNA binding. Intramolecular dimer formation may be sufficient to provide the useful hairpin conformation of a dimeric dye, as previously described.
  • Such a dimeric dye may possess desirable properties, such as low background fluorescence and low PCR inhibition, for example.
  • Intramolecular dimer formation may be confirmed by comparing the absorption spectra of a dimeric dye or trimeric dye in an aqueous solution with the absorption spectra of the related monomeric dye or dyes also in an aqueous solution.
  • Any intramolecular dimer formation dye should cause the spectra of the component monomeric dyes in the dimer or trimer to be shifted significantly relative to the spectra of the related monomeric dye(s).
  • a significant shift may be about 10 nm or more, by way of example.
  • the spectra associated with AOAO-7 are shifted significantly relative to the spectra of DMAO.
  • the spectra will usually undergo a significant blue shift.
  • a significant shift may be about 10 nm or more, by way of example.
  • Other types of intramolecular dimer formation are also possible and may result in spectral shift in another direction, in spectral shifts in separate directions for each of the component monomeric dyes, in an insignificant spectral shift, or in no spectral shift.
  • an insignificant shift may be about 5 nm or less, by way of example.
  • other analytical techniques may be employed to confirm the formation of any intramolecular dimer.
  • Such analytical techniques include, but are not limited to, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, and fluorescence spectroscopy, for example. Any intramolecular dye aggregation that results in a hairpin structure is generally desirable.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • fluorescence spectroscopy for example. Any intramolecular dye aggregation that results in a hairpin structure is generally desirable.
  • a dimeric dye may be constructed via five different combinations of Ql and Q2, as schematically shown in Figure 10. Further by way of example, examples of prepared dyes and associated intermediates are listed below in Table 2.
  • a dimeric dye of the invention may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 2 , wherein Qi and Q 2 may be the same or different.
  • Qi and Q 2 may be the same, the resulting dye is a homodimer, such as any of Dye Nos. 6-22, 24-26, and 28-36 of Table 2, merely by way of example.
  • the resulting dimer is a heterodimer, such as that of Dye No. 23 of Table 2, merely by way of example.
  • a heterodimer is functionally similar to a homodimer.
  • both Qi and Q 2 are reporter dyes, such that upon DNA binding, they both contribute to the detected fluorescent signal, as schematically illustrated in Combination A of Figure 10.
  • a heterodimeric dye may comprise two different fluorescent nucleic acid dyes that have substantially different absorption and emission spectra. In this case, only one of the two dyes is selected as a reporter dye.
  • Qi and Q 2 may form a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) pair.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the dye with the shorter wavelength acts as a fluorescence donor dye
  • the dye with the longer wavelength acts as an acceptor or reporter dye.
  • the emission spectrum and the absorption of the donor dye need to overlap sufficiently.
  • FRET-based dye allows for excitation at one wavelength and re-emission of fluorescence at a substantially longer wavelength.
  • a heterodimer comprising Qi and Q 2 of substantially different spectra is not a FRET-based dye
  • either one of Qi and Q 2 may be selected as a reporter dye.
  • the other non-reporter dye serves as a partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation and provides additional nucleic acid binding ability for the dimeric dye.
  • An example of a heterodimeric dye having one reporter dye, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi, and one non-reporter dye, a non- fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Q 2 is schematically illustrated in Combination B of Figure 10.
  • a heterodimeric dye may comprise a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Qi and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q 2 .
  • Q 2 is the reporter dye
  • Qi serves as a DNA anchoring dye and a pairing partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation.
  • the DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination C of Figure 10.
  • a heterodimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 1 and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q 2 .
  • Qi is the reporter dye and Q 2 serves as a partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation.
  • the DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination D of Figure 10.
  • a heterodimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q 2 . If Qi and Q 2 have similar absorption and emission spectra, both Qi and Q 2 are reporter dyes, although only Qi is bound to the nucleic acids.
  • the DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination E of Figure 10. When Qi and Q 2 form a FRET pair, the dye with the shorter wavelength acts as the fluorescence donor dye, while the dye with the longer wavelength acts as the acceptor or reporter dye.
  • either one of Qi and Q 2 may be selected as a reporter dye.
  • AORO-7 (Dye No. 27 of Table 2), which comprises AO with an absorption peak and an emission peak at 503nm and 523nm (DNA), respectively, and a rosamine dye with an absorption peak and an emission peak and at 600nm and ⁇ 620nm, respectively, as shown in Figures 12 and 13.
  • Figure 14 shows a PCR amplification plot using AORO-7, with the fluorescent non-nucleic rosamine dye component chosen as the reporter dye by using channel no. 3 on an iCycler IQ Multiple-Color Real-Time PCR Detection System from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA).
  • a dimeric dye may comprise a pair of monomeric dyes selected from two identical fluorescent nucleic acid dyes and two different fluorescent nucleic acid dyes.
  • a trimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 1 , a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 2 , a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 3 , wherein Qi, Q 2 , and Q 3 may be the same or different.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , and Q 3 may be the same fluorescent nucleic acid dye.
  • a trimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q 2 , and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q 3 , wherein Q 1 and Q 2 serve as DNA anchoring molecules and Q 3 is a reporter dye.
  • a trimeric dye of the invention may comprise a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Qi, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Q 2 , and a third fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q 3 , wherein Qi and Q 2 serve as DNA anchoring molecules and Q 3 is a reporter dye.
  • Fluorescent nucleic acid dyes are further described below.
  • Examples of a monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye suitable for constructing dyes include, but are not limited to, an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine-based nucleic acid stain, a phenanthridinium dye, a symmetric cyanine nucleic stain, a derivative of DAPI, and a derivative of a Hoechst dye.
  • DAPI and Hoechst dyes generally cannot be directly attached to BRIDGE because they do not possess a reactive group for bond formation.
  • a derivative refers to a base dye, such as DAPI or a Hoechst dye, that is modified sufficiently for bond formation, such as by addition of a reactive group, by way of example.
  • the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be an acridine dye having the general structure (Structure 4) set forth directly below.
  • the level of intrinsic fluorescence may be significant in that it precludes the dye from being used in detecting nucleic acid at a low level, such as in the low nanogram/mL range, for example, or in detecting nucleic acid in gels without a destaining step, for example. Consequently, AO itself is of little utility for DNA or RNA quantification, particularly for highly sensitive DNA detection associated with applications such as real-time qPCR.
  • An acridine dye may comprise any of a variety of substituents at various positions on the ring structure. The nature of a substituent and its substitution position may strongly affect the spectral properties of the dye produced. In general, electron- donating substituents at the 3- and 6-positions and an electron-withdrawing substituent at the 9-position typically red-shift the absorption and emission spectra of the dye. Examples of a typical electron-donating group include, but are not limited to, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylmercapto group.
  • Examples of a typical electron-withdrawing group include, but are not limited to, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a carboxamido group, a sulfonamide group, a nitro group, and a halogen group. Any additional ring structure fused with the core structure will also increase the wavelengths of the dye produced.
  • Structure 4 As in various other monomeric dye structures provided or described herein, a symbol of "R" followed by a subscript, such as Ri, merely by way of example, may indicate a substituent of the structure that is not part of BRIDGE, or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, in which case, it is not a substituent of the structure.
  • Ri involves at least one of R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and Rio
  • any applicable one of same is independently H or an alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, and for any applicable pair of adjacent R 6 and R 7 , independently, R 6 and R 7 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
  • R 2 involves at least one of Rn, Ri 2 , Ri 3 and Ri 4 , any applicable one of same is independently H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons.
  • R 3 is H; or an alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • ⁇ is an anion, such as an anion that balances positive charge(s) associated with the dye, for example.
  • ⁇ may be biologically compatible.
  • suitable anion include, but are not limited to, a halide, a sulfate, a phosphate, a perchlorate, a tetrafluoroborate, and a hexafluorophosphate.
  • the anion may be chloride or iodide.
  • Ri, R 2 and R 3 must represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • one of R 2 and R 3 may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • BRIDGE may be covalently linked to a monomeric acridine dye, such as any such dye described herein, and to another suitable monomeric dye, to form a dimeric dye, or to two other suitable monomeric dyes to form a trimeric dye.
  • a monomeric acridine dye such as any such dye described herein
  • Ri, R 2 and R 3 may be optionally - L-R r , as previously described.
  • a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye may comprise only one -L-R r .
  • the monomeric acridine dye may have the structure (Structure 5) set forth directly below.
  • R 6 or R 7 and Ri may in combination
  • the mononieric acridine dye as represented by Structure 5, may be such that each Ri is H; R 2 is H; R 3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R 6 is -CH 3 ; each R 7 is -CH 3 ; and ⁇ is an anion, as previously described.
  • a dimeric dye may comprise two identical monomeric acridine dye molecules of Structure 5 and BRIDGE of Formula 5.
  • the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be an asymmetric cyanine dye having the general structure (Structure 6) set forth directly below.
  • the general structure (Structure 6, above) of asymmetric cyanine dyes comprises a heterocyclic ring that is a substituted benzazolium ring; a methane or polymethine bridge; and a heterocyclic ring that is a substituted pyridinium or quinolinium ring.
  • the dotted line in the structure represents the atoms necessary to form one or more fused aromatic ring(s), optionally incorporating one or more nitrogen(s), which may or may not be quaternized.
  • the dotted line represents a 6-membered ring comprising one or more nitrogen atom(s)
  • the resulting fused ring is called an aza-benzole ring.
  • one of R 1 and Ri' may be a substituent that is meta to X or to the benzazole nitrogen, wherein the substituent confers at least one desirable property as further described below.
  • R 1 or R 1 ' involves at least one of R 9 , Ri 0 , Rn, Ri2, Ri3, Rw and R 15 , any applicable one of same, independently, is H; or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s); or an aryl; and any applicable Rn and Ri 2 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
  • R 1 and R 1 ' of Structure 6 may be a substituent that confers at least one desirable property to the dye.
  • One such desirable property is DNA minor groove-binding.
  • a minor groove-binding molecule typically has a structure with a crescent shape that fits into the minor groove of a double-stranded DNA.
  • Examples of a DNA minor groove-binding dye molecule or non-dye molecule, which may include a natural molecule, include, but are not limited to, DAPI, a Hoechst dye, distamycin A, netropsin, and any of numerous synthetic minor groove- binders based on polyamides of N-methylpyrrole and N-methylimidazole. Catalog of Biotium, Inc.
  • the crescent shape of a minor groove-binder is typically created by meta -substitution of a 5- or 6- membered ring with a minor groove-binder substituent, which includes, but is not limited to, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzoxazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzimidazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzothiazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted imidazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted oxazol- 2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubsti
  • Ri and Ri' may be -L-R r , as previously described.
  • One of Ri and Ri' may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • X is selected from O and S.
  • a dye wherein X is S has longer absorption and emission wavelengths than a similar dye wherein X is O.
  • R 2 may be methyl or ethyl, or may represent wherein BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Merely by way of example, R 2 may be methyl or ethyl.
  • n represents a number of double bond units in any methine bridge and is selected from 0, 1, and 2.
  • a dye with a longer methine bridge will have longer wavelengths than a dye with a shorter methine bridge.
  • n may be 0 or 1.
  • Substitutents R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently H or -CH 3 .
  • any adjacent pair of these substitutents may form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be H.
  • each of substituents R 6 , R 8 , and R 8 ' may be H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -ORi 6 ; -SRi 6 ; -NRi 6 Ri 7 ; a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
  • R 8 and R 8 ' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), independently, by C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylmercapto, or a halogen.
  • any of R 6 , R 8 , and R 8 ' involve at least one of Ri 6 and Ri 7
  • any applicable one of same, independently, is H; or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s); or an aryl; and any applicable Ri 6 and Ri 7 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
  • R 6 may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • R 6 may be a -L-R-, as previously described.
  • R 7 is selected from H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a substituted or unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; a -L-R r , as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • ⁇ is an anion, as previously described herein.
  • R 1 , Ri', R 6 , R 7 and Rg must represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • BRIDGE may covalently link the monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye and another suitable monomeric dye to form a dimeric dye, or the monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye and two other suitable monomeric dyes to form a trimeric dye.
  • Ri, R 1 ', R 6 , R 7 and Rg may optionally be - L-R r , as previously described. More typically, a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye may comprise only one — L-R r .
  • an asymmetric cyanine dye may have the structure (Structure 7) set forth directly below, wherein each of R 1 ', R 6 , R 7 , Rg and Rg' is as previously described in connection with Structure 6.
  • R 1 ' comprises at least one of R 9 , Ri 0 , Ri 1 , R 12 , R i3 , R 14 and R 15
  • any said one of R 9 , Ri 0 , Rn, R 1 2, R13, R 14 and R 15 is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), or an aryl
  • R 1 ' comprises R 11 and R 12
  • R 11 and R 12 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
  • X may be selected from O and S and n may be selected from 0, 1, and 2.
  • R 6 may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -OR 16 ; -SR 16 ; -NR 16 Ri 7 ; a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-R r , as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • R 7 may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-R r , as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • Rg may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -ORi 6 ; -SR 16 ; -NR 16 Ri 7 ; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-R r , as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • R 8 ' may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -OR 16 ; -SR 16 ; -NR 16 R 17 ; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
  • Rs and R 8 ' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), independently, by C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylmercapto, or a halogen.
  • any said one of Ri 6 and Ri 7 thereof may be H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl.
  • R 6 , R 8 , and R 8 ' that comprises R 16 and R 17 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O. Only one of R 1 ', R 6 , R 7 and R 8 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • Ri', R 6 , R 7 and R 8 may optionally be -L-R r , as previously described.
  • ⁇ is an anion, as previously described.
  • an asymmetric cyanine dye has the structure (Structure 8) set forth directly below, wherein R 7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure and ⁇ is an anion, as previously described.
  • a dimeric dye may comprise two identical monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye molecules of Structure 8 and BRIDGE of Formula 5.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid dye such as that of Structure 1
  • the Ql dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye, such as any of Structures 6-8
  • the Q2 dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye, such as any of Structures 6-8
  • a sum of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i of BRIDGE, such as BRIDGE of Formula 1 may be greater than three, or at least one of A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 6 , A 7 , A 8 , A 9 , and A 10 of BRIDGE, such as BRIDGE of Formula 1, for example, may be a NABEG comprising a moiety that comprises at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, or thiourea bond; or an asymmetric cyanine dye, such as any of Structures 6-8
  • the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be a phenanthridinium derivative, having the general structure (Structure 9) set forth directly below.
  • Ri may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, although it will be understood that many variations of Structure 9 above are possible and contemplated herein, via a variety of techniques, such as synthesis techniques that may provide for the attachment of BRIDGE to the structure elsewhere or that may modify the structure to provide a dye with any of various desirable wavelengths.
  • ⁇ is an anion, as previously described.
  • two monomeric phenanthridinium dye molecules of Structure 9 in combination with BRIDGE of Formula 5 may form a dimeric dye.
  • the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be a xanthene derivative, having the general structure (Structure 10) set forth directly below.
  • Certain cationically charged xanthene dyes are known to bind to nucleic acids.
  • pyronin Y in which Ri, R 2 , Ri', and R 2 ' are methyl and R 3 , R 3 ', R 4 , R 4 ', and A are H, is a known fluorescent DNA binding dye that has been used for DNA gel staining. Adkin, S., and Burmeister, M., Anal. Biochem. 240(1), 17(1996).
  • a dye having the general skeleton shown in Structure 10 above is expected to have similar nucleic acid staining properties and to provide other fluorescent colors.
  • pyronin Y has an absorption maximum at 548nm and an emission maximum at 565nm, providing a red fluorescent color.
  • each of Ri, R 2 , Ri', and R 2 ' may be H, or C1-C6, inclusive, alkyl, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 hetero atom(s) selected from N and O. Further merely by way of example, independently, at least one of the pair Ri and R 2 and the pair Ri' and R 2 ' may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising one hetero atom selected from N and O. R 1 and R 1 ' may be the same and R 2 and R 2 ' may be the same. [0141] One of R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ', and R 2 ' may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Optionally, one of Ri, R 2 , Ri', and R 2 ' is -L-R r , as previously described.
  • R 3 , R 3 ', R 4 , and R 4 ' may be H or C1-C3, inclusive, alkyl.
  • R 3 , R 3 ', R 4 , and R 4 ' may be the same.
  • at least one of the pair R 3 and R 1 , the pair R 2 and R 4 , the pair R 3 ' and R 1 ', and the pair R 4 and R 2 ' may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • A is a C1-C3 alkyl; or -L-R 1 , where L is a C1-C12 aliphatic linker and R 1 - is a reactive group, as previously described; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • Ri, R 2 , Ri', R 2 ' and A may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
  • ⁇ is an anion, as previously described.
  • Two monomeric xanthene dye molecules of Structure 10 in combination with BRIDGE of Formula 5 may form a dimeric dye.
  • Other monomeric fluorescent nuclei acid stains such as DAPI, DIPI, a Hoechst dye, LDS 751, hydroxystilbamidine, a styryl dye, a merocyanine dye, a cyanine dye, or FluoroGold, merely by way of example, may be suitable for use or may be derivatized to be suitable for use as described herein.
  • DAPI DAPI
  • DIPI DIPI
  • LDS 751 hydroxystilbamidine
  • a styryl dye a merocyanine dye
  • FluoroGold FluoroGold
  • a large number of other monomeric nucleic acid dyes may be suitable for use or may be derivatized to be suitable for use as described herein.
  • the dyes may either be directly conjugated to BRIDGE or be derivatized so that they can be conjugated to BRIDGE using synthesis knowledge.
  • non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecules are nucleic acid- binding molecules that are non-fluorescent or are too weakly fluorescent to be useful as fluorescent nucleic acid dyes.
  • Non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecules include non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dyes and colorless synthetic or natural nucleic acid-binding molecules.
  • non-fluorescent dyes have been used as colorimetric nucleic acid gel stains. Relative to the fluorescent nucleic acid stain ethidium bromide, these non- fluorescent dyes usually have much lower detection sensitivity, but are considered to be safer to use, such as safer in terms of toxicity for use by humans, for example.
  • non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dyes include, but are not limited to, Nile Blue, Crystal Violet, Methylene Blue, Thionin, Methyl Green, Basic Blue 66, Basic Red 29, Indoline Blue, Safranin O, Janus Green B, Pinacyanol, and Stains-All. Adkins, et al., Anal. Biochem. 240, 17 (1996). Most of these dyes are available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • One of the monomeric dyes Qi, Q 2 , and Q 3 may be a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye.
  • fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye generally refers to a fluorescent dye that is not normally considered a nucleic acid dye.
  • the dye may not normally be considered a fluorescent minor groove-binder or a fluorescent intercalator.
  • some fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes may exhibit some weak interactions with nucleic acids, these interactions are generally not sufficient to cause significant fluorescence spectral changes to make the dyes useful for nucleic acid detection.
  • fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes are commercially available from various sources, such as Biotium, Inc. (Hayward, CA).
  • a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye include, but are not limited to, a fluorescein dye, a sulfonated fluorescein dye, a rhodamine dye, a sulfonated rhodamine dye, a cyanine dye, a sulfonated cyanine dye, a coumarine dye, a pyrene dye, an oxazine dye, and a Bodipy dye (Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR)).
  • a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may comprise a reactive group R r , as previously described.
  • a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes may be derived such that it comprises a reactive group R 1 -.
  • a suitable reactive dye is covalently attached to BRIDGE via R r and a suitable functional group from BRIDGE.
  • Selection of a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may depend on the other pairing monomeric dye or dyes. In general, a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye should be able to form an intramolecular dimer with the pairing dye or dyes.
  • Intramolecular dimer formation is typically confirmed by a significant change in the absorption spectrum of at least one of the component monomeric dyes in an aqueous media before and after the monomeric dye is covalently linked to the other pairing monomeric dye or dyes by BRIDGE.
  • non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye refers to a dye that is neither fluorescent nor nucleic acid-binding. Such a dye is generally used as a fluorescence quencher in a FRET-based application.
  • a fluorogenic peptidase substrate has been constructed by covalently attaching a fluorescent donor dye to one end of a peptide, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye, the quencher, to the other end of the peptide to quench the fluorescence of the donor. Upon enzymatic cleavage of the peptide, the donor and the quencher are separated, thereby releasing the fluorescence signal.
  • a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye has been used to design so-called TaqMan probes for qPCR.
  • a TaqMan probe consists of an oligonucleotide, which is complimentary to a target DNA sequence, a fluorescence donor dye attached to one end of the oligonucleotide, and a quencher attached to the other end of the oligonucleotide to quench the fluorescence of the donor dye.
  • the labeled oligonucleotide binds to the target DNA, which causes the oligonucleotide to be enzymatically cleaved, thereby generating a fluorescent signal.
  • a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may be used mainly as a pairing partner for intramolecular dimer formation, which is responsible for the release-on- demand DNA-binding mechanism.
  • the non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye should be so chosen to ensure minimal FRET between it and the fluorescent nucleic acid- binding dye it pairs with following DNA binding.
  • fluorescence loss of the fluorescent nucleic acid dye due to FRET should be minimal, such as no more than about 70% of the total emitted fluorescence, for example.
  • the selection of the non- fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may be based on an evaluation of the emission spectrum of the fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dye and the absorption spectrum of the non-fluorescent dye.
  • these spectra should have minimal overlap so that the fluorescence signal loss due to FRET is minimal, as described above.
  • Another possible way to minimize FRET is to use sufficiently long BRIDGE so that the fluorescence signal loss due to FRET is minimal, as described above, as the efficiency of FRET is dependent on the inverse sixth power of the intermolecular separation between the constituent dyes.
  • non-fluorescent quenchers examples include, but are not limited to, DABCYL from Fluka (Buchs, Switzerland), Black Hole Quencher (BHQ) from Biosearch Technologies, Inc. (Novato, CA), Eclipse Dark Quencher (DQ) from Epoch Biosciences (Bothell, Washington), IOWA Black (IWB) from Integrated DNA Technologies (Skokie, ⁇ iinois), and QSY from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR).
  • a nucleic acid dye described herein may be particularly useful in quantitative real-tune PCR (qPCR).
  • qPCR quantitative real-tune PCR
  • Using PCR coupled with fluorescence-based DNA detection via a fluorescent nucleic acid dye one may determine the amount of a product of a PCR process without having to stop a PCR run or to sample the reaction during a PCR run.
  • qPCR one may not only quantify the original amount of a DNA sample, but may also obtain sequence information.
  • the sensitivity and specificity of qPCR makes it highly useful in a number of practical applications including the diagnosis and prognosis of diseases, and the identification of species in agriculture and forensic science.
  • the use of a dye in qPCR may involve adding a solution of the dye and other components suitable for a PCR reaction (such as an amplification enzyme or enzymes, a primer or primers sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid sequence, and deoxynucleoside triphosphates, for example) to a solution comprising a DNA sample in a tube, placing the sealed tube in a qPCR instrument, and recording the detected fluorescent signal.
  • the Ct value or the number of cycles required for the fluorescence signal to reach an arbitrarily determined threshold value, may be recorded.
  • the Ct value is linearly related to the log of the DNA sample copy number.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid dye examples include, but are not limited to, DNA quantitation in solutions or gels, staining of nucleic acids in live or dead cells, and nucleic acid detection in microarrays.
  • the use of a fluorescent nucleic acid dye may comprise contacting the dye, optionally in combination with any additional reagent(s), with a sample that comprises or is thought to comprise a nucleic acid polymer; incubating the resulting mixture of dye and sample for a sufficient amount of time to allow formation of dye-nucleic acid complexes; and detecting the fluorescent signal of the dye-nucleic acid complexes.
  • the dye may be prepared for suitable use as described herein.
  • the dye may be made into a stock solution using an aqueous solvent or a water-miscible and biologically compatible organic solvent at a concentration of greater than about 100 times that used in the final staining solution.
  • suitable aqueous solvents that may be used alone or in combination with a suitable organic solvent in the making of a dye stock solution, include, but are not limited to, water, PBS buffer, and Tris buffer.
  • suitable organic solvents for the making of a dye stock solution include, but are not limited to, DMSO, DMF, methanol or ethanol.
  • a staining solution for use in conection with a cellular sample may have a dye concentration of about InM or more, or up to about lOO ⁇ M.
  • a staining solution for use in connection with an electrophoretic gel may have a dye concentration of about l ⁇ M or more, or up to about 50 ⁇ M.
  • a method of staining nucleic acids using a dye may be determined by the nature of the analysis being carried out.
  • the samples are usually incubated in a staining solution for a few minutes to 2 hours to allow the dye to permeate the cell membranes and combine with the nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acids may be present in the form of a solution comprising purified nucleic acids or crude cell extracts.
  • addition of a dye stock solution to a nucleic acid solution should result in an instantaneously detectable fluorescence signal, the strength of which is proportional to the amount of nucleic acid.
  • a DNA titration curve is shown in Figure 7.
  • the substantially linear relationship between the amount of DNA and fluorescence intensity can be used for quantitation of DNA, or when cell extract is used, estimation of the number of cells.
  • a nucleic acid may be embedded in an inert matrix, such as a blot or gel, a test strip, for example, or attached to a solid surface, such as a microarray chip or any other solid surface, for example.
  • staining is carried out by applying a staining solution to the surface of the nucleic acid-comprising matrix, or to the surface of a microarray chip or other solid surface, and incubating for a period sufficient to allow formation of dye-nucleic acid complexes.
  • a fluorescent nucleic acid-dye complex may be detected either via its emission or excitation.
  • the fluorescent nucleic acid-dye complex may be, and typically is, excited by a light with wavelength at or near the absorption maximum wavelength of the complex.
  • the nucleic acid- dye complex may be excited by UV light with wavelength from 300 nm to 400nm, which is a common source of excitation light available on most of the transluminators used for gel visualizing applications.
  • the fluorescent signal may be detected via various instruments, such as plate readers, microscopes, fluorometers, quantum counters, and flow cytometers, for example.
  • the fluorescent signal may be made by visual methods, such as visual inspection or photographic recording, for example.
  • a dye may be described in terms of synthesis of the monomeric dye constituents, synthesis of BRIDGE, and conjugation of the monomeric dye constituents to BRIDGE. Syntheses of monomeric dyes and monomeric dyes comprising a functional group or a reactive group are now described.
  • Suitable monomeric dyes and monomeric dyes comprising a functional group or a reactive group may be prepared from scratch by a known procedure or any suitable procedure, or by modifying commercially available material that already has a suitable or desirable core structure.
  • Many monomeric acridine dyes may be prepared from commercially available acridine dyes.
  • a few examples of a commercially available acridine dye that may serve as suitable starting material for synthesis are set forth directly below.
  • acridine core structures may be prepared according to known procedures or any suitable procedures. Albert, A., The acridines: their preparation, physical, chemical, and biological properties and uses, Edward Arnold Ltd., London; Eldho, et al, Synth. Commun. 29, 4007 (1999); and Joseph, et ah, Bioconjugate Chem. 15, 1230 (2004).
  • An acridine core structure may be formed by condensing a suitable diphenylamine with a suitable carboxylic acid or a carboxylic acid equivalent in the presence of a Lewis acid, as schematically illustrated in Reaction 1 directly below.
  • R', R" and R'" are suitable substituents, as further described below.
  • the diphenylamine starting material is either commercially available or may be synthesized from a suitable arylhalide and a suitable arylamine using a known method or any suitable method. Yang, et al., J. Organomet. Chem. 576, 125 (1999); Hartwig, et al., J. Org. Chem. 64, 5575 (1999); and Wolfe, et al, J. Org. Chem. 65, 1158 (2000).
  • a typical electron-donating group may be an amino group, an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an alkylthio group, by way of example.
  • a more typical electron-donating group may be an amino group, an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, or an alkoxy group, by way of example.
  • an electron-withdrawing group at the 9-position will increase the absorption and emission wavelengths of the dye.
  • a typical electron- withdrawing group may be a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an aldehyde group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminosulfonato group, an alkylaminosulfonato group, or a halide group, by way of example.
  • a more typical electron-withdrawing group may be a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or a halide group.
  • the 10-nitrogen is alkylated with a haloalkyl group, which typically comprises an additional reactive group or a functional group that can be converted to a reactive group.
  • the additional reactive group serves to conjugate the acridine dye to BRIDGE.
  • the 9-position of 10-alkylated acridine may be readily substituted with a cyano group, which can be further hydrolyzed to a carboxamide group, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 2 directly below.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,863,753 discloses the preparation of a series of reactive asymmetric cyanine dyes, including ones that have a substituent ortho to the quinolinium or pyridinium nitrogen. Such a substituent, especially a cyclic substituent, ortho to the quinolinium or pyridinium nitrogen, is said to confer desired properties to the asymmetric cyanine dyes, according to U.S. Patent No. 5,436,134.
  • SYBR dyes cyclically substituted asymmetric cyanine dyes. Zipper, et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 32(12), elO3 (2004).
  • Some of the reactive SYBR dyes are commercially available from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR), although the exact structures of these dyes are not known. Haugland, R.P., Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals, 9 th edition.
  • U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0132046 discloses methods for preparing monomeric asymmetric cyanine dyes with minor groove-binding capability. In general, these dyes possess a crescent-shaped structure by virtue of having an additional benzazolyl substitutent on the benzazolyl ring of the dyes. Similar monomeric dyes having a suitable reactive group may be prepared using similar methods, for example, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 3 directly below.
  • Reactive phenanthridinium dyes may be prepared from the commercially available 3,8-diamino-6-phenylphenanthridine, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 4 directly below.
  • Dye No. 35 of Table 2 may be prepared using the phenanthridinium intermediate with a reactive group shown in Scheme 4 above.
  • Preparations of pyronin derivatives with a reactive group at the 9-position may be carried out by condensing two equivalents of m-aminophenol derivative with one equivalent of dicarboxylic anhydride, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 5 directly below.
  • BRIDGE is usually formed when the monomeric dyes are coupled to a bi- or tri-functional group, which is often commercially available.
  • the terminal portions of BRIDGE are from the monomeric dyes themselves, while the middle portion of BRIDGE is from a bi- or tri-functional molecule available from a commercial source.
  • a significant portion of BRIDGE such as up to about 90%, for example, may be pre-attached to the monomeric dyes prior to the final assembly of the dimeric or trimeric dye. In some other cases, most of BRIDGE may be prepared separately before the monomeric dyes are attached.
  • a mono-protected bi-functional linker group is usually first attached to one monomeric dye, followed by de-protection and coupling to the second monomeric dye.
  • Hetero trimeric dyes may be synthesized using a similar stepwise protection-de-protection strategy. Conjugation of the monomeric dves to BRIDGE
  • dimeric and trimeric dyes may be assembled by conjugating monomeric dyes having a suitable reactive group with a bi- or tri-functional linker in a one-step coupling reaction for some of the homodimers, or in multi-step reactions for heterodimers and trimers or some of the homodimers comprising multiple bridge element A.
  • Examples of synthetic routes to selected homodimer and heterodimers are schematically illustrated in Scheme 6 directly below.
  • Example 1 Preparation of 10-(3-Iodopropyl)acridine orange, iodide
  • One equivalent of 1,3-diiodopropane was added to a suspension of 5g of acridine orange (Aldrich) in 10 mL of chlorobenzene. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90-100 0 C overnight. The hot reaction mixture was poured into ⁇ 200mL of EtOAc. The orange precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum, yielding ⁇ 8g.
  • Example 2 Preparation of 10-(5-Carboxypentyl)acridine orange, chloride salt
  • 10-(5-Ethoxycarbonylpentyl)acridine bromide was prepared using the procedure of Example 1, with the exception that 1,3-diiodopropane was replaced with ethyl 6-bromohexanoic acid.
  • the crude product (5g) was suspended in ⁇ 100mL methanol and 3 equivalents of NaOH dissolved in 3OmL H 2 O. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Methanol was removed by evaporation, and the remaining aqueous solution was acidified with concentrated HCl. About 5OmL saturated NaCl was added to precipitate the product.
  • the product was collected by filtration and then dried under vacuum at 45°C for 24 hours.
  • Example 6 Preparation of A0A0-2Q (Dye No. 9 of Table 2): [0187] A mixture of 10-(3-iodopropyl)acridine orange iodide salt (81mg, 0.15mmol) and PMAO (lOOmg, 0.15mmol) in DMF (1.5mL) was heated at 130 0 C for 7 hours. After cooling down to room temperature, CH 3 OH (15mL) was added and the suspension was heated to reflux for 1 hour. Suction filtration gave the product as dark red solid (83.1mg).
  • the dye (393mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange (432mg, 1.03mmol) and ethylenediamine (25mg, 0.42mmol).
  • Example 9 Preparation of 10-(8-Bromooctyl)acridine orange bromide [0190] A mixture of acridine orange (2g, 7.53mmol) and 1,8-dibromoactane (12mL, 67.8mmol) in chlorobenzene (15mL) was heated at HO 0 C overnight. EtOAc (5OmL) was added and the suspension was refluxed for 1 hour. After cooling down to room temperature, suction filtration gave the product as orange solid (3.56g).
  • Example 10 Preparation of A0A0-5 (Dye No. 11 of Table 2) [0191] A mixture of 10-(8-bromoactyl)acridine orange bromide (0.5g, 0.94mmol) and acridine orange (0.3g, 11.2mmol) in DMF (5mL) was heated at 130 0 C overnight. EtOAc was added to precipitate the product. Repeat precipitate from DMF and EtOAc gave the product as dark red solid (214mg).
  • Example 11 Preparation of A0A0-7 (Dye No.
  • the dye (30mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (121mg, 0.29mmol) and 1,5- diamino-pentane dihydrochloride ( 20mg, 0.12mmol).
  • Example 12 Preparation of A0A0-8 (Dye No. 15 of Table 2) [0193] The dye (182mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (241mg, 0.58mmol) and piperazine (20mg, 0.23mmol).
  • Example 13 Preparation of AOAO-Il (Dye No. 18 of Table 2) [0194] The dye (112mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt(180mg, 0.43mmol) and 1,8- diamino-octane (25mg, 0.17mmol).
  • Example 14 Preparation of A0A0-12 (Dye No. 19 of Table 2) [0195] The dye (76 mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (147mg, 0.35mmol) and 2,2'oxybis(ethyl-amine) dihydrochloride (25mg, 0.14mmol).
  • Example 15 Preparation of A0A0-13 (Dye No. 20 of Table 2) [0196] The dye (64 mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (96mg, 0.23mmol) and 4,7,10 ⁇ trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (20mg, 0.09mmol).
  • Et 3 N (0.4mL, 2.71mmol) and TSTU (820mg, 2.71mmol) were added to a solution of isophthalic acid (220mg, 1.32mmol) in DMF (2mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Addition of Et 3 N (ImL) and mono-tBoc-ethylenediamine (460mg, 2.86mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then partitioned between IN HCl (10OmL) and EtOAc (5OmL).
  • Example 17 Preparation of l,3 ⁇ Di-((2-aminoethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoro- acetic acid salt (Dye No. 102, shown directly below)
  • Example 18 Preparation of A0A0-9 (Dye No. 16 of Table 2) [0199] The dye (55mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (109mg, 0.26mmol) and 1,3-Di((2- aminoethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoroacetic acid salt (50mg, O.lmmol).
  • the dye (555mg) was prepared according to the procedure to make l,3-di-((2- (N-t-Boc-ammo)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene from isophthalic acid (254mg, 1.53mmol) and mono-tBoc cadaverine (640mg, 3.15mmol).
  • Example 20 Preparation of l,3-Di-((5-aminopentyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoro-acetic acid salt (Dye No. 104, shown directly below)
  • the dye (560mg) was prepared according to the procedure for Dye No. 102 (555mg, 1.04mmol).
  • Example 21 Preparation of AOAO-10 (Dye No. 17 of Table 2) [0202]
  • the dye (22mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (95mg, 0.23mmol) and Dye No. 104 (50mg, 0.09mmol).
  • Example 22 Preparation of A0A0-14 (Dye No. 21 of Table 2) [0203] The dye (150mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (166mg, 0.40mmoi) and diamido- dPEG-diamine (Quanta Biodesign of Powell, Ohio) (lOOmg, 0.15mmol).
  • Example 23 Preparation of 10-(((((3-(N-Boc-amino)propyl)-iV,iV- dimethyl)ammonium)propyl) acridine, diiodide (Dye No. 105, shown directly below)
  • Dye No. 105 (50mg, 0.06mmol) was added to TFA (2mL) at O 0 C. The mixture was stirred at O 0 C for 30 minutes. The solution was concentrated to dryness in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in CH 3 OH (3mL). The solution was added dropwise to Et 2 O (3OmL) and the precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give Dye No. 106 as an orange solid (28mg).
  • Example 25 Preparation of A0A0-4 (Dye No. 10 of Table 2) [0206] The dye (23mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make AOAO-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (31mg, 0.075mmol) and Dye No. 106 (28mg, 0.036mmol).
  • Example 28 Preparation of 9-Cyano-10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange, chloride (Dye No. 109, shown directly below)
  • Example 29 Preparation of A0A0-12R (Dye No. 22 of Table 2) [0210] Et 3 N (32 ⁇ L, 0.23mmol) and TSTU (68mg, 0.227mmol) were added to a solution of Dye No. 109 (98.3mg, 0.223mmol) in DMF (2mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Addition of Et 3 N (lOO ⁇ L) and 2,2'-oxybis-(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (16mg, 0.09mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The solution was concentrated to about ImL and EtOAc (2mL) was added. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation. The product was re-dissolved in DMF and precipitated again with EtOAc to give Dye No. 22 as a dark blue solid (54.4mg).
  • the dye was prepared using published procedure (Carreon, et ah, Org. Let. 6(4), 517 (2004)).
  • the dye (354mg) was prepared using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from iV-Carboxypentyl thiazole orange (460mg, 1.04mmol) and ethylene diamine (25mg, 0.42mmol).
  • Example 33 Preparation of 10-(5-((2-(N-t-Boc-amino)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange chloride salt (Dye No. Ill, shown directly below)
  • Example 34 Preparation of 10-(5-((2-Ammoniumethyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange, trifluoroacetate (Dye No. 112, shown directly below)
  • Dye No. Ill (347mg, 622mmol) was added in one portion to trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) at 5 0 C. The mixture was stirred at 5 0 C for 1 hour and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH 3 OH (3mL) and added dropwise to Et 2 O (5OmL). The precipitate was collected by centrifugation to give Dye No. 112 as orange solid (297mg).
  • Example 35 Preparation of AOTO-3 (Dye No. 23 of Table 2) [0216] Et 3 N (20 ⁇ L, 0.142mmol) and TSTU (42.2mg, 0.142mmol) were added to a solution of N-carboxypentylthiazole orange (62mg, 0.142mmol) in DMF (ImL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Addition of Et 3 N (70 ⁇ L) and Dye No. 112 (50mg, 0.095mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in DMF (ImL) and EtOAc (2mL) was added. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Repeated precipitation from DMF and EtOAc gave the product as orange red solid (50.4mg)
  • Example 36 Preparation of TOTO-12 (Dye No. 24 of Table 2) [0217] The dye (19.4mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from N-carboxypentylthiazole orange (94.5mg, 0.2145mmoi) and 2,2'oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (15mg, 0.085mrnol).
  • Example 37 Preparation of TO(3)TO(3)-12 (Dye No. 25 of Table 2) [0218]
  • the dye (32.6mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from N-carboxypentyl thazole blue (Carreon, et ah, Org. Let. 6(4), 517 (2004); and Benson, et al, Nucleic Acid Res. 21(24), 5727 (1993)) (99mg, 0.212mmol) and 2,2'oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (15mg, 0.085mmol).
  • Example 38 Preparation of TO(3)TO(3)-2 (Dye No. 26 of Table 2) [0219]
  • the dye (28.4mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from iV-carboxypentyl thiazole blue (76mg, 0.173mmol) and 3,3'-diamino-N- methyldi-propylamine (lOmg, 0.069mmol).
  • Example 39 Preparation of 10-(5-((5-(N-t-Boc-amino)pentyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) -acridine orange, chloride (Dye No. 113, shown directly below)
  • the dye (280mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize Dye No. Ill from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (200mg, 0.483mmol) and mono t-BOC-cadaverine (130mg, 0.628mmol).
  • Example 40 Preparation of 10-(5-((5-ammoniumpentyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange, trifluoroacetate (Dye No. 114, shown directly below)
  • Dye No. 114 (234mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize Dye No. 112 from Dye No. 113 (280mg, 0.467mmol).
  • Example 41 Preparation of AORO-7 (Dye No. 27 of Table 2) [0222] The compound (29mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize AOTO-3 from compound No. 114 (35mg, O.O ⁇ lmmol) and the rosamine dye (Biotium, Inc. (Hayward, CA) ) (40mg, 0.063mmol).
  • Example 42 Absorbance and fluorescence of DMAO and AOAO-7
  • Example 43 Absorbance spectra of TOTO-I and TOTO3
  • the absorbance spectra of TOTO-I and TOTO-3 were measured without DNA presence, as shown in Figure 5, or in the presence of 2mg/ml of salmon sperm DNA, as shown in Figure 6, in PBS buffer.
  • the spectra of the free dyes indicate that TOTO-3, which has BRIDGE that is neutral or substantially devoid of positive charges, forms an intramolecular H-dimer, or a hairpin structure, while TOTO-I, which has multiple positive charges, has less spectral shift.
  • Example 44 Fluorescence of A0A0-12 in response to different amount of DNA [0225] The fluorescence of 0.1 ⁇ M A0A0-12 in 20OmL of PBS in the presence of 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0 and 10 ⁇ g/ml final concentrations of salmon sperm DNA or a mixture of single-stranded 20mer oligonucleotide were measured on a microtiter plate reader (SpectraMax of Molecular Devices Corporation (Sunnyvale, CA)). The fluorescence was plotted against DNA concentration, as shown in Figure 7. It can be seen that fluorescence linearly responded to DNA up to 2.0 ⁇ g/ml (inset). At higher concentrations of DNA, the response became non-linear. A0A0-12 fluoresces more intensely when bound to double stranded DNA than when bound to single stranded DNA.
  • Example 45 Comparing signal strengths of A0A0-12 and SYBR Green I in qPCR [0226] This example demonstrates the superior property of A0A0-12 to SYBR Green I in fluorescence signal strength in qPCR. All real-time amplifications were performed in 20 ⁇ L reaction solution comprising 1OmM Tris (pH 8.0), 5OmM KCl, 3.5mM MgC12, 2mM each of dNTP, and 1 unit of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase (ABI, Foster City, CA) and various concentrations of a fluorescent monitoring dye.
  • An ATPB fragment (SEQ ID NO: 1) in pTOPO plasmid was amplified with 0.5 ⁇ M forward primer 5'-GAGGTCTTCACAGGTCATA-S' (SEQ ID NO: 2), 0.5 ⁇ M reverse primer 5'-CTCTTCAGCCAGCTTATC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • the thermal regimen was set at 95 0 C for 1 minute followed by 50 cycles of 15-second duration at 95 0 C, of 15-second duration at 55 0 C, and of 15-second duration at 72 0 C. Fluorescence was measured at the 55 0 C stage.
  • Figure 8 shows amplification plots of the reactions starting with 10 5 copies of human DNA down to 10 copies either with SYBR Green I or with A0A0-12.
  • the inset shows that the Ct value is reversibly correlated with the logarithm of starting copy number monitored with both dyes.
  • A0A0-12 is evidently superior to SYBR Green I in signal strength.
  • This example demonstrates the improved property of TOTO-12 over TO (thiazole orange, an asymmetric cyanine dye), or TOTO-I in qPCR. All real-time amplifications were performed as in Example 5, except that TO, TOTO-I and TOTO- 12 were used. As shown in Figure 11, TOTO-I completely inhibited the PCR reaction, while TOTO-12 gave improved Ct and improved fluorescence intensity relative to TO in qPCR. The TOTO-12 dimeric dye is superior to each of the TO and TOTO-I dyes.
  • Example 48 Absorbance and fluorescence of A0R0-7
  • the absorbance spectra of A0R0-7 were taken alone or in the presence of 2 ⁇ g/ml of salmon sperm DNA in PBS buffer, as shown in Figure 12.
  • the emission spectra of A0R0-7 bound to DNA are shown in Figure 13.
  • the heterodimeric dye A0R0-7 comprises a monomeric AO dye and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid rosamine RO dye. Two emission peaks, contributed by AO and RO moieties, respectively, were recorded.
  • the example demonstrates the utility of AORO-7 in qPCR. Real time amplifications were performed as in Example 5, except that AORO-7 with an optical density of 0.025 at 600nm in the final solution was used. As shown in Figure 14, AORO-7 may be used effectively be used to monitor the qPCR reaction course and to detect the melting curve of the amplicon (inset).
  • sequence-specific-probe such as a TaqMan probe
  • sequence-non-specific dye of different wavelength such as AORO-7
  • Example 50 Melting peaks monitored with A0A0-12
  • SYBR Green I was reported to be advantageous in that the melting temperature of an amplicon could be detected after qPCR amplification.
  • the melting temperature provides valuable information about the amplicon, as it is a function of the size and GC content of the amplicon. No melting temperatures could be collected from TaqMan reactions.
  • Melting curves from four amplicons, i.e., HMBS (SEQ ID NO: 4), RPL4 (SEQ ID NO: 5), SDHA (SEQ ID NO: 6), and TBP (SEQ ID NO: 7) were measured from reactions amplified in the presence of A0A0-12 (Panel A) or SYBR Green (Panel B) and are presented in Figure 15.
  • melting peaks collected with A0A0-12 correlated well with those collected with SYBR Green I.
  • AOAO- 12 binds DNA with high affinity but less tightly than SYBR Green I
  • melting temperatures from A0A0-12 are about 2 degrees lower than those from SYBR Green I.
  • melting peaks are markedly higher.
  • the data demonstrate the relative utility of A0A0-12.
  • Example 51 Stability of AOAO dyes
  • A0A0-12 was kept in PCR reaction buffers with PCR products. The mixture was heated to 96 0 C for 40 minutes. During the heating course, the mixture was brought down to 6O 0 C briefly to monitor the fluorescence. As shown in Figure 16, A0A0-12 is stable at 96 0 C for 40 minutes substantially without loss of fluorescence. The data demonstrate the robustness of A0A0-12 in PCR.
  • Example 52 Preparation of TOTO-13 (Dye No. 29 of Table 2) [0234]
  • the dye (102mg) was prepared using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 (Dye No. 7 of Table 2) from N-carboxypentyl thiazole orange (102mg, 0.23mmole) (Example 31) and 4,7,10-trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (23mg, O.lmole).
  • Example 54 Preparation of STST-19 (Dye No. 31 of Table 2) [0237]
  • the dye (85mg) was prepared using the procedure to prepare A0A0-2 (Example 7) from N-(5-carboxypentyl)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)styryl)pyridinium bromide (Example 53) (200 mg, 0.5mmole) and 2,2'-oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (36mg, 0.2mmoles).
  • Example 55 Preparation of STST-27 (Dye No. 30 of Table 2) [0238] The dye (81.8mg) was prepared using the procedure to prepare A0A0-2 (Example 7) from JV-(5-carboxypentyl)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)styryl)pyridinium bromide (Example 53) (200 mg, 0.5mmole) and 4,7,10-trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (44mg, 0.2mmoles).
  • a useful dye such as a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye, has been described herein.
  • a dye may have any of a number of desirable properties, such as relatively low background fluorescence, relatively low PCR inhibition, good fluorescent signal strength, and good stability, for example.
  • a dye having at most one positive charge may have any of a number of applications, such as use in the labeling of another molecule, and such as use in the detection of the presence or absence of nucleic acid, for example.
  • such a dye that is substantially neutral has any of a number of applications, such as use in PCR processes or use in the detection of the presence or absence of nucleic acid, or use in quantitative real-time PCR, for example.
  • a number of useful dimeric and trimeric dyes have been described.
  • a dye that is suitable for covalent conjugation with, or labeling of, another molecule to confer the nucleic acid-detecting capability of the dye on the molecule a dye that is suitable for detecting the presence or absence of nucleic acid in a sample that may or may not comprise nucleic acid; and a dye that is suitable for detecting nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample, such as a sample that undergoes a process suitable for nucleic acid amplification should the sample comprise a target nucleic acid, have been described.
  • a method for preparing any of the foregoing dyes and a method of using any of the foregoing dyes have also been described.
  • kits suitable for determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample which comprises a suitable dye of the present invention, and a suitable composition sufficient for amplification of a target nucleic acid in a sample should it comprise a target nucleic acid, is contemplated herein, as is any kit comprising a composition described herein that has useful application.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By The Use Of Chemical Reactions (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Investigating, Analyzing Materials By Fluorescence Or Luminescence (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods are provided. Such a dye may form a hairpin-like structure that enables it to stain nucleic acids via a release-on-demand mechanism, for example. Such a dye may have low background fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids and high fluorescence in the presence of nucleic acids, upon binding therewith, for example. A dye provided herein may be useful in a variety of applications, such as in DNA quantitation in real-time PCR, for example.

Description

DIMERIC AND TRIMERIC NUCLEIC ACID DYES, AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613 of Mao et ah, entitled "Dimeric and Trimeric Nucleic Acid Dyes, and Associated Systems and Methods" and filed on March 17, 2005, and is related to co- pending U.S. Application No. __/__, , filed concurrently herewith, on March 16,
2006, which also claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613. Each of the aforementioned provisional application and the aforementioned application is incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference.
STATEMENT REGARDING NAMES OF PARTIES
TO A JOINT RESEARCH AGREEMENT
[0002] Biotium, Inc. (Hay ward, California (CA)) and AlleLogic Biosciences Corp. (Hay ward, CA) are parties to a joint research agreement pertaining to the present invention.
REFERENCE TO A SEQUENCE LISTING AND REQUEST AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
CONCERNING SAME
[0003] An original ASCII diskette and another ASCII diskette, which was a duplicate of the original diskette, containing the Sequence Listing for SEQ ID NO: 1 through SEQ ID NO: 10 disclosed herein, as well as a paper copy of the Sequence Listing, were submitted in, referred to in, and incorporated in their entireties, including the contents thereof, by reference in, the aforementioned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613. A paper copy of the Sequence Listing is submitted herewith. It is hereby requested that the compliant computer readable Sequence Listing that is already on file for the aforementioned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613 be used in connection with this application. The paper or compact disc copy of the Sequence Listing in this application, and the content thereof, are identical to the computer readable copy of the Sequence Listing that was filed for the aforementioned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613. The Sequence Listing, the paper copy of the Sequence Listing that is submitted herewith, and the computer readable Sequence Listing that is already on file for the aforementioned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/663,613 are hereby incorporated herein, in their entireties, including the contents thereof, by this reference.
BACKGROUND
[0004] Fluorescent dyes have been used for the detection and analysis of biological samples. As fluorescent dyes are highly sensitive, they can be used to detect a very small number of fluorescent molecules. For example, such fluorescent dyes can be used to detect fewer than 50 fluorescent molecules that are associated with cells. Barak, etal,J. Cell Biol. 90, 595 (1981).
[0005] Fluorescent dyes may be used as probes for use in imaging in live cells or tissue samples. For example, a fluorescent-dye probe bound to a receptor on the surface of Dictyostelium cells has been used in the imaging of a single molecule of fluorescently labeled cAMP. Ueda, et al, Science 294, 864 (2001). Several fluorescent probes having different fluorescent wavelengths may be used to perform multi-color imaging in live cells or tissue samples. Fluorescent probes are highly sensitive, of relatively low toxicity, and easy to dispose of relative to radioactive probes.
[0006] Fluorescent dyes can be used in the detection of nucleic acids, including DNA and RNA, and biological samples involving nucleic acids. Nucleic acid polymers such as DNA and RNA are involved in the transmission of genetic information from one generation to the next and to the routine functioning of living organisms. Nucleic acids are thus of interest and the objects of study. Fluorescent nucleic acid dyes that specifically bind to nucleic acids and form highly fluorescent complexes are useful tools for such study. These dyes can be used to detect the presence and quantities of DNA and RNA in a variety of media, including pure solutions, cell extracts, electrophoretic gels, micro-array chips, live or fixed cells, dead cells, and environmental samples. These dyes can be used in the quantitative detection of DNA in real-time polymerase chain reaction (qPCR), which is a technique used in genomic research and medical diagnosis.
[0007] Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is a primer extension reaction that provides a method for amplifying specific nucleic acids in vitro. Generally, in PCR, the reaction solution is maintained for a short period at each of three temperatures, 96°C, 60°C and 72°C, to allow strand separation or denaturation, annealing, and chain extension, respectively. These three temperature stages are repeated for 30 or 40 cycles with the use of an automated thermo-cycler that can heat or cool the tube containing the reaction mixture very rapidly. By repeating the PCR cycle, a million-fold copies of a DNA sample can be produced in a single enzymatic reaction mixture within a matter of hours, enabling researchers to determine the size and sequence of target DNA. This DNA amplification technique has been used for cloning and other molecular biological manipulations. Further discussion of PCR is provided in Mullis, et ah, Methods Enzymol. (1987), and Saiki, et al, Science (1985).
[0008] One PCR-based technique that is useful is quantitative real-time PCR (qPCR). Briefly, the mechanism of qPCR is based on PCR amplification of a target DNA in an exponential manner. By running a PCR reaction and measuring the total number of DNA copies at given points during the course of the amplification reaction, one can retroactively calculate the amount of starting DNA material.
[0009] Fluorescence-based DNA detection is a generally sensitive, versatile, and convenient detection method that is used in qPCR. There are two types of fluorescent reagents used in qPCR. The first type is based on oligonucleotides labeled with one or more fluorescent dyes, or with a combination of a fluorescent dye and a quencher dye. These labeled oligonucleotides release fluorescence either upon hybridization to a target sequence, or upon cleavage of the oligonucleotides following hybridization in a manner proportional to the amount of DNA present. The mechanism and the use of the oligo-based fluorescent reagents have been described in various patents and publications. See, for example, Holland, et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA (1991); Lee, et ah, Nucleic Acids Res. (1993); and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,210,015, 5,538,848, 6,258,569, 5,691,146, 5,925,517, 5,118,801, 5,312,728, and 6,635,427. Although oligo-based fluorescent reagents for qPCR have the advantage of being highly specific toward a target sequence, they are very complex in design and consequently expensive to use. The second type of fluorescent reagents used in qPCR is based on DNA-binding fluorescent dyes, which are commonly referred to as fluorescent nucleic acid dyes or stains. Because fluorescent nucleic acid dyes are relatively simple molecules, they are easy to manufacture and thus inexpensive to use. Their application in qPCR is useful for routine genetic detection in research labs. [0010] Not all commonly available fluorescent nucleic acid stains can be used for qPCR. Ideally, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye should meet certain criteria for it to be suitable for qPCR use. First, it should be chemically stable during PCR and storage. Since PCR is carried out at high temperature, the dye should be thermo-stable. Additionally, since the pH of the Tris buffer used for PCR can vary considerably from alkaline (pH 8.5) at low temperature (4°C) to neutral or slightly acidic at high temperature, the dye should be resistant to acid- or base-assisted decomposition. Second, the dye, when present in the PCR solution, should not inhibit the PCR process. Third, the dye should be non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent in the absence of DNA, and should become highly fluorescent in the presence of DNA. Fourth, the dye should have absorption and emission wavelengths that are compatible with existing instruments, which are normally equipped with optical channels optimized for common fluorescent dyes, such as FAM, JOE, VIC (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA), TAMRA, ROX, Texas Red, Cy3, and Cy5, for example. Fifth, the dye should bind with DNA with little or no sequence preference. Sixth, the DNA-dye complexes should have fluorescence intensities that are linearly related to the amount of DNA present.
[0011] Given the foregoing criteria, it is not surprising that very few nucleic acid- binding dyes can be used for qPCR. Ethidium bromide (EB) is a DNA dye that has been used to demonstrate the feasibility of using a simple dye for qPCR. Higuchi, et al, Bio-Technol 10(4), 413 (1992). However, EB suffers from problems of low sensitivity and undesirable wavelengths. A widely used dye for qPCR is SYBR Green I from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, Oregon (OR)). Wittwer, et al, Biotechniques 22(1), 130 (1997). SYBR Green I is a cyclically substituted asymmetric cyanine dye. Zipper, et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 32(12), elO3 (2004); and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,436,134 and 5,658,751. The advantages of SYBR Green I are that it has excitation and emission wavelengths very closely matching those of FAM, with which most of the instruments are compatible, and that it is highly fluorescent when bound to DNA. Recently, a DNA dye called LC Green was used for qPCR, although the structure of the dye was not disclosed. Although the LC Green dye appears to have desirable wavelengths matching the commonly used FAM optical channel in most of the PCR instruments, it is much less sensitive than SYBR Green I. More recently, a DNA minor groove-binder called BEBO and a related dye called BOXTO, both of which are asymmetric cyanine dyes, have been reported for use in qPCR. Bengtsson, et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 31(8), e45 (2003); and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0132046. Like LC Green, both BEBO and BOXTO significantly lag behind SYBR Green I in terms of sensitivity.
[0012] Although SYBR Green I has been widely used as a DNA dye for qPCR, it still is lacking in several respects. For one, SYBR Green I has an inhibitory effect on the PCR process, which limits the maximum signal strength one can achieve by increasing dye concentration. The fluorescent signal strength of qPCR using SYBR Green I is initially proportional to the dye concentration until the dye concentration reaches a point where the dye starts to inhibit the PCR process significantly. A further increase in dye concentration will actually lower the signal strength or increase the cycle number (Ct) because of reduced DNA amplification. For another, SYBR Green I is chemically unstable under alkaline conditions, such as the alkaline condition of the PCR buffer when stored at low temperature. It has been reported that SYBR Green I stored in Tris buffer at 4°C decomposes significantly over the course of a few days and that the dye decomposition products are apparently potent inhibitors. Karsai, et al, BioTechniques 32(4), 790 (2002). For yet another, SYBR Green I provides only one fluorescence color. Many commercially available fluorescence detection instruments have multiple optical channels (the FAM optical channel and additional other optical channels) and are thus capable of detecting multiple fluorescence colors.
[0013] Development of fluorescent dyes or the making or the use thereof is desirable.
SUMMARY
[0014] A method of producing or designing a fluorescent dye suitable for useful application, such as in a qPCR process, for example, is provided. The method involves covalently linking two or three monomeric dyes via a bridge that may be flexible and substantially neutral (for example, neutral or slightly charged). A method of producing or designing a dye, as provided herein, may allow for the development of a fluorescent nucleic acid dye that has a wavelength and/or other spectral property that heretofore could not be obtained.
[0015] A fluorescent dye suitable for useful application, such as that described above, for example, is provided. A dimeric or trimeric dye, which may be produced according to a method described herein, may form a hairpin structure, which, it is believed, may enable the dye to stain nucleic acids via a release-on-demand mechanism, as further described herein. A dye described herein may have at least one feature or all of the following features: relatively low "fluorescence background" (fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids), if any, and ideally, no fluorescence background; relatively low PCR inhibition, and ideally, no PCR inhibition; relatively high fluorescent signal strength; and relative high stability. The dye may be better as to at least one of these features, or as to all of these features, than an existing dye, such as SYBR Green I, merely by way of example. A dye described herein may have a property, such as a wavelength and/or another spectral property, for example, that heretofore could not be obtained.
[0016] Dimeric and/or trimeric nucleic acid dyes or stains that are capable of intramolecular dimer formation, or the formation of a hairpin structure, are provided. It is believed that a hairpin-shaped dye may non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent by itself, but may become highly fluorescent in the presence of nucleic acids. It is believed that nucleic acid binding of the dye may occur via an intermediate state wherein the dye forms, in part, an open random conformation. It is further believed that this open random conformation of the dye may exist in a small quantity and in equilibrium with the hairpin state. It is believed that as the amount of nucleic acids increases, an equilibrium shift from the hairpin state toward the nucleic acid-bound state of the dye may occur, such that the strength of the resulting fluorescence signal may be substantially linearly proportional to the amount of nucleic acids present.
[0017] The above-described mechanism, which may be referred to as a release-on- demand mechanism of DNA staining, may be desirable for various applications, such as quantitative, real-time PCR (qPCR), for example. Merely by way of explanation, it is believed that the formation of the hairpin structure may render the "effective dye concentration" low, such that a dye described herein may interfere very little with the PCR process. Thus, as compared with previous dyes, such as SYBR Green I, for example, a higher concentration of a dye described herein may be used in qPCR. This higher concentration of dye may increase DNA detection sensitivity, perhaps significantly. [0018] A method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is provided. The sample may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid. Such a method may comprise providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, where the fluorescent nucleic acid dye has the formula:
Qi BRIDGE -Q2
wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms; Q1 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent. The dye constituents may be any of suitable dye constituents, such as those described herein, for example. Merely by way of example, the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may be selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye. At least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent, and at least one dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent. The reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may or may not be the same. The method may comprise performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid. Merely by way of example, the process may be a PCR process, such as a realtime PCR process, for example. The method may comprise illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
[0019] Another method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is provided. The sample may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid. Such a method method may comprise providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, where the fluorescent nucleic acid dye has the formula:
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms; Q1 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; Q3 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent. The dye constituents may be any suitable dye constituents, such as those described herein, for example. Merely by way of example, the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may be selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye. At least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent, and at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent. The reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent may or may not be the same. The method may comprise performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid. Merely by way of example, the process may be a PCR process, such as a real-time PCR process, for example. The method may comprise illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
[0020] In the formulas provided above, BRIDGE may have the formula set forth directly below. [A6-(CH2)c-]f[A7-(CH2)n-]g[A8-(CH2)e-]h[A9-(CH2)-]i-A10-L2-
In this formula, each of L1 and L2, independently, is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and x, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive. BRIDGE may comprise a suitable number of non-hydrogen atoms, such as from about 8 to about 100 or about 150, inclusive, about 12 to about 60, inclusive, or about 15 to about 40, inclusive, merely by way of example. BRIDGE may comprise up to one positive charge, merely by way of example. BRIDGE may be any suitable linker molecule, such as any described herein, for example. In one example, BRIDGE has the formula:
-(CH2)x-C(=O)NH-(CH2)α-[O-(CH2)p]b-[O-(CH2)γ]c-NH(O=C)-(CH2)x-
wherein each x, independently, is an integer selected from 1 to 11, inclusive; α is an integer selected from 2 to about 20, inclusive; each of β and γ, independently, is 2 or 3; b is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and c is zero or 1.
[0021] Compositions associated with the above-described methods are also provided. Merely by way of example, a dye of any of the structures provided directly below is provided.
Figure imgf000010_0001
Figure imgf000011_0001
In the dye structures above, Ψ represents an anion, such as a iodide or a chlorine anion, merely by way of example.
[0022] A composition having the formula set forth directly below is also provided.
Qr BRIDGE -QP
In this formula, BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge; Qi is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and R1- is a reactive group or a functional group. The reactive group or functional group may be any of suitable such groups, such as those described herein, for example. The composition may be any suitable composition, such as any of those described herein, for example. A method of using the composition, or dye, may comprise conjugating the composition to a substrate molecule, such as a substrate molecule selected from a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, and a molecule of a solid surface. [0023] A method of preparing a sample that may or may not comprise nucleic acid is also provided. The method may comprise providing a combination of the sample and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein, wherein if nucleic acid is present in the sample, a nucleic acid-dye complex is formed. The method may further comprise incubating the combination. A method of determining presence or absence of nucleic acid in a sample, is also provided. The method may comprise providing a combination of the sample and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein, wherein if nucleic acid is present in the sample, a nucleic acid-dye complex is formed; illuminating the combination with light at a wavelength sufficient such that if a nucleic acid-complex is formed the light is absorbed thereby; and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof. A kit for determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample is also provided. The kit may comprise at least one composition sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid in the sample should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid, and a composition, or dye, such as those described herein.
[0024] These and various other aspects, features, and embodiments are further described herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0025] A detailed description of various aspects, features and embodiments is provided herein with reference to the accompanying drawings, which are briefly described below. The drawings are illustrative and are not necessarily drawn to scale. The drawings illustrate various aspects or features and may illustrate one or more embodiment(s) or example(s) in whole or in part. A reference numeral, letter, and/or symbol that is used in one drawing to refer to a particular element or feature may be used in another drawing to refer to a like element or feature.
[0026] Figure 1 (FIG. 1) is a schematic illustration of DNA binding via a release-on- demand mechanism, in which three conformation states of the dye are in substantial equilibrium.
[0027] Figure 2 (FIG. 2) is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) a dimeric dye, AOAO-7 (o), and b) a monomeric AO dye, DMAO (Δ), in PBS buffer. [0028] Figure 3 (FIG. 3) is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (run), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) a dimeric dye, A0A0-7 (•), and b) a monomeric AO dye, DMAO (A), in a buffer and in the presence of DNA.
[0029] Figure 4 (FIG. 4) is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus wavelength (nm), or fluorescence emission spectra, of DMAO (Δ) and AOAO-7 (o) in PBS buffer before DNA addition, a) and c), respectively, and DMAO (A) and AOAO-7 (•) in PBS buffer after DNA addition, b) and d), respectively.
[0030] Figure 5 (FIG. 5) is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) TOTO-I (prepared according to U.S. Patent No. 5,582,977) (darker line), and b) TOTO-3 (lighter line), in a buffer.
[0031] Figure 6 (FIG. 6) is a graphical representation of normalized absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or normalized absorption spectra, of a) TOTO-I according to U.S. Patent No. 5,582,977) (darker line), and b) TOTO-3 (lighter line), in a buffer and in the presence of DNA.
[0032] Figure 7 (FIG. 7) includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus DNA concentration (μg/mL), or a titration, of single-stranded DNA (0), and double-stranded DNA (♦), in solution and in the presence of A0A0-12 (at 0.2 μM). Figure 7 also includes an inset graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus DNA concentration that shows a substantially linear relationship between the two.
[0033] Figure 8 (FIG. 8) is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using SYBR Green I at a lower dye concentration (Δ) and a higher dye concentration (A), and A0A0-12 at a lower dye concentration (D) and a higher dye concentration (■), where Ct generally refers to the cycle number at which the fluorescence signal reaches an arbitrary threshold and, in a PCR amplification plot, generally corresponds to where the fluorescence signal just begins to rise from the baseline. For each dye, relative dye concentration was measured in optical density (OD) at the absorption maximum of the dye in PBS buffer, with the dye concentration of IX and 2X A0A0-12 at 471nm corresponding to an OD of 0.1 and 0.2, respectively, and the dye concentration of 0.5X and IX SYBR Green I at 495 nm corresponding to an OD of 0.025 and 0.05, respectively.
[0034] Figure 9 (FIG. 9) includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using A0A0-12 (G), and SYBR Green I (Δ), as the fluorescent probe, each at optimal concentrations. For each dye, relative dye concentration was measured in optical density (OD) at the absorption maximum of the dye in PBS buffer, with the dye concentration of A0A0-12 at 471nm corresponding to an OD of 0.4 and the dye concentration of SYBR Green I at 495 nm corresponding to an OD of 0.025. Figure 9 also includes an inset graphical representation of Ct versus log of DNA sample copy number, using A0A0-12 (■) and SYBR Green I (A), respectively, that in each case, shows a substantially linear relationship between the two.
[0035] Figure 10 (FIG. 10) is a schematic illustration of possible combinations A, B, C, D, and E, of monomeric dyes, Qi and Q2, to form a dimeric dye. Combination A comprises two identical reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dyes or two reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dyes of similar spectra. Combination B comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one non-reporter DNA-binding molecule. Combination C comprises one non-reporter DNA-binding molecule and one reporter non-DNA-binding dye. Combination D comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one non-reporter non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye. Combination E comprises one reporter fluorescent nucleic acid dye and one reporter fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye.
[0036] Figure 11 (FIG. 11) is a graphical representation of fluorescence intensity versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using TO monomeric dye (o), TOTO-I monomeric dye (Δ), and TOTO-12 dimeric dye (D) (Compound No. 24, Table 2).
[0037] Figure 12 (FIG. 12) is a graphical representation of absorbance versus wavelength (nm), or absorption spectra, of heterodimeric dye AORO-7 in PBS buffer (o), and of heterodimeric dye AORO-7 in PBS buffer and in the presence of DNA
(+)•
[0038] Figure 13 (FIG. 13) is a graphical representation of arbitrary fluorescence intensity versus wavelength (nm), or emission spectra, of the heterodimeric dye AORO-7, with excitation either at 500 nm (solid, darker line) or at about 560 nm (broken, lighter line), recorded separately.
[0039] Figure 14 (FIG. 14) includes a graphical representation of relative fluorescence versus cycle number (Ct), or PCR amplification, using the heterodimeric dye AORO-7. Figure 14 also includes an inset graphical representation, or melting curve plot, of relative fluorescence signal versus temperature (0C).
[0040] Figure 15 (FIG. 15) is a graphical representation, or melting curve plot, of relative fluorescence change versus temperature (0C), A) using AOAO- 12 (dashed lines) monitoring, and B) using SYBR Green I (solid lines) monitoring, of four amplicons, TBP (o), SDHA (Δ), RPL4 (0), and HMBS (o).
[0041] Figure 16 (FIG. 16) is a graphical representation of relative fluorescence monitored at 6O0C versus minutes at 960C, or thermo-stability at 960C, of A0A0-12.
DESCRIPTION
[0042] Fluorescent dyes or stains that may be useful in various applications, such as nucleic acid detection, for example, are described herein. Such dyes may be dimeric or trimeric nucleic acid dyes, for example, that have low background fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids, but become highly fluorescent in the presence of nucleic acids. Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes may be useful in various applications, such as nucleic acid detection, for example, as described herein. Methods associated with the preparation and use of fluorescent dyes or stains are also described herein, as are useful systems, or kits, that comprise fluorescent dyes or stains.
[0043] Herein, it will be understood that a word appearing in the singular encompasses its plural counterpart, and a word appearing in the plural encompasses its singular counterpart, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise. Further, it will be understood that for any given component described herein, any of the possible candidates or alternatives listed for that component, may generally be used individually or in combination with one another, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise. Additionally, it will be understood that any list of such candidates or alternatives, is merely illustrative, not limiting, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise. Still further, it will be understood that any figure or number presented herein is approximate, and that any numerical range includes the minimum number and the maximum number defining the range, whether or not the term "inclusive" or the like appears, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise. Additionally, it will be understood that any permissive, open, or open-ended language encompasses any relatively permissive to restrictive language, open to closed language, or open-ended to closed-ended language, respectively, unless implicitly or explicitly understood or stated otherwise. Merely by way of example, the word "comprising" may encompass "comprising"-, "consisting essentially of'-, and/or "consisting of -type language.
[0044] Various terms are generally described below or used herein to facilitate understanding. It will be understood that a corresponding general description of these various terms applies to corresponding linguistic or grammatical variations or forms of these various terms. It will also be understood that the general description of any term below may not apply or may not fully apply when the term is used in a non- general or more specific manner. It will also be understood that the terminology used or the description provided herein, such as in relation to various embodiments, for example, is not limiting. It will further be understood that embodiments described herein or applications described herein, are not limiting, as such may vary.
[0045] Generally, the terms "stain" and "dye" may be used interchangeably and refer to an aromatic molecule capable of absorbing light in the spectral range of from about 250 nm to about 1,200 nm. Generally, the term "dye" may refer to a fluorescent dye, a non-fluorescent dye, or both. Generally, the term "fluorescent dye" refers to a dye capable of emitting light when excited by another light of appropriate wavelength.
[0046] Generally, the term "fluorescence quencher" refers to a molecule capable of quenching the fluorescence of another fluorescent molecule. Fluorescence quenching can occur via at least one of the three ways. The first type of fluorescence quenching occurs via fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) (Fδrster, Ann. Phys. (1948); and Stryer, et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (1967)), wherein a quencher absorbs the emission light from a fluorescent molecule. The absorption peak of a FRET quencher usually has to have significant overlap with the emission peak of a fluorescent dye for the FRET quencher to be an efficient fluorescent quencher. A FRET quencher is typically a non-fluorescent dye, but can also be a fluorescent dye. When a quencher is a fluorescent dye, only the absorption property of the dye is utilized. A second type of fluorescence quenching occurs via photo-induced electron transfer (PET), wherein the quencher is an electron-rich molecule that quenches the fluorescence of a fluorescent molecule by transferring an electron to the electronically excited dye. A third type of fluorescence quenching occurs via dye aggregation, such as H-dimer formation, wherein two or more dye molecules are in physical contact with one another, thereby dissipating the electronic energy into the vibrational modes of the molecules. This type of contact fluorescence quenching can occur between two identical fluorescent dyes, or between two different fluorescent dyes, or between a fluorescent dye and a FRET quencher, or between a fluorescent dye and a PET quencher. Other types of fluorescence quenchers, though not used as commonly, include stable free radical compounds and certain heavy metal complexes.
[0047] Generally, the term "nucleic acid" refers to double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), single-stranded DNA (ssDNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), single-stranded RNA (ssRNA), and/or derivatives thereof. A nucleic acid may be natural or synthetic.
[0048] Generally, the term "fluorescent nucleic acid stain" or "fluorescent nucleic acid dye" refers to a dye capable of binding to a nucleic acid to form a fluorescent dye-nucleic acid complex. A fluorescent nucleic acid dye is typically non-fluorescent or weakly fluorescent by itself, but becomes highly fluorescent upon nucleic acid binding. Generally, the term "non-fluorescent, nucleic acid-binding molecule" refers to a nucleic acid-binding molecule that may or may not be a dye and that does not become fluorescent upon binding to nucleic acid. Generally, the term "fluorescent DNA dye" refers to a dye that becomes fluorescent upon binding to DNA. Generally, the term "fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dye" refers to a fluorescent dye that does not bind to nucleic acid. Generally, the term "non-fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dye" refers to a dye that is neither fluorescent nor nucleic acid-binding. Such a dye is commonly called a fluorescence quencher. Frequently, a fluorescence quencher is used to form a FRET pair with a fluorescent dye. Generally, the term "reporter dye" refers to a fluorescent dye whose emitted fluorescence contributes to the final detected fluorescence signal.
[0049] Generally, the term "polymerase chain reaction" or "PCR" refers to a technique for amplifying the amount of DNA. Generally, the term "quantitative, realtime PCR" or "qPCR" refers to a technique to monitor the growing amount of DNA in the course of a PCR.
[0050] In general, fluorescent nucleic acid dyes can be classified into two major classes: intercalators and minor groove-binders. Generally, fluorescent intercalators are dyes that bind to double-stranded DNA or double-stranded RNA by inserting themselves in between a neighboring base pair. Generally, minor groove-binders are dyes that bind to the minor groove of double-stranded DNA. There are still other dyes that may bind to nucleic acids via multiple modes, including electrostatic interaction between a positively charged dye and the negatively charged nucleic acid.
[0051] Although a variety of fluorescent nucleic acid dyes have become commercially available, and methods for improving the dyes for non-qPCR uses have been developed, not all nucleic acid stains are suitable for qPCR application. Additionally, little is known as to what structural elements are required for a good qPCR dye.
[0052] In general, from a performance point of view, an ideal dye for qPCR should meet various criteria, as now described. The dye should be thermally stable at high temperature (from about 60°C to about 96°C) in a PCR buffer and hydrolytically stable at low temperature (from about — 20°C to about 40C) when the media becomes alkaline. The dye should not inhibit the PCR process, this generally being the most important criteria, as in the most severe cases of PCR inhibition, the PCR process may not even start, and in milder cases, the Ct number may be delayed, or only a very low dye concentration may be used, such that the fluorescence signal is limited. The dye should be non-fluorescent or minimally fluorescent in the absence of DNA, but become highly fluorescent in the presence of DNA. The absorption and emission wavelengths of the dye should be compatible with instruments used in connection with qPCR, such as the existing instruments previously described. The DNA binding of the dye should have little or no sequence preference. The fluorescence intensity of the DNA-dye complexes should be linearly related to the amount of DNA present. A dye described herein may or may not meet one or more of the above-described criteria.
[0053] A method for designing a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, such as one suitable for qPCR, for example, is provided. The method comprises covalently linking two or three monomeric dyes with a suitable linker to form a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye. A dye described herein, when in solution, may assume a predominantly hairpin-like conformation due to intramolecular dimer formation. This hairpin-like conformation or state of the dye is inactive with respect to nucleic acids, or incapable of interacting with nucleic acids. It is believed that the dye, when in solution and in the presence of nucleic acids, also assumes an open random conformation or state, which exists in small quantity and in substantial equilibrium with the hairpin conformation. The open random conformation or state of the dye is active with respect to nucleic acids, or capable of interacting or binding with nucleic acids. It is believed that when the dye is in the presence of an increasing amount of nucleic acids, an equilibrium shift from the hairpin state toward the intermediate, open random state, or DNA-binding state, occurs. It is believed that this mechanism, sometimes referred to as a "release-on- demand DNA-binding mechanism," reduces PCR inhibition that may otherwise be associated with the dye. As a consequence, the dye may be used in PCR processes at a higher concentration than might otherwise be possible, and thus, may provide for greater nucleic acid detection sensitivity than might otherwise be possible. The reduction in PCR inhibition may be dramatic, and the increase in nucleic acid detection sensitivity may be significant.
[0054] A dimeric dye or trimeric dye described herein may posses any number of desirable characteristics. By way of example, such a dye may have a background fluorescence that is reduced relative to that of its monomeric dye constituents. Relatively low background fluorescence generally corresponds to relatively enhanced nucleic acid detection sensitivity. Thus, such a dye is generally associated with enhanced nucleic acid detection sensitivity. Further by way of example, a dye described herein may be more thermally and/or hydrolytically stable than SYBR Green I. Still further by way of example, a dye described herein may have absorption and emission wavelengths other than those associated with existing qPCR dyes.
[0055] A fluorescent dimeric nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 1) set forth directly below.
Structure 1
Qr BRIDGE -Q2 In Structure 1, independently, each dye of dye Qi and dye Q2 is selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye. Q1 and Q2 may be selected and combined in a manner to encourage or to ensure desired properties of the resulting dimeric dye. At least one dye of dye Qi and dye Q2 is a reporter dye. Further, at least one dye of dye Qi and dye Q2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye. The reporter dye and fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be the same or different. BRIDGE may be positively charged to a relatively limited extent or substantially neutral in charge, and may be a substantially flexible constituent that facilitates intramolecular dimer formation to produce the dimeric dye.
[0056] A fluorescent trimeric nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 2) set forth directly below.
Structure 2
Qi BRIDGE -Q2
Q3
[0057] In Structure 2, independently, each dye of dye Qi, dye Q2, and dye Q3 is selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes. Qi, Q2, and Q3 may be selected and combined in a manner to encourage or to ensure desired properties of the resulting trimeric dye. At least one dye of dye Qi, dye Q2, and dye Q3 is a reporter dye. Further, at least one dye of dye Qi, dye Q2, and dye Q3 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye or non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye. The reporter dye and fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be the same or different. BRIDGE may be positively charged to a relatively limited extent or substantially neutral in charge, and may be a substantially flexible constituent that facilitates intramolecular dimer formation to produce the trimeric dye.
[0058] A fluorescent nucleic acid dye may have the general structure (Structure 3) set forth directly below. Structure 3
Q1- BRIDGE -Q2
[0059] In Structure 3, independently, each dye of dye Qi, dye Q2, may be as described above in relation to Structure 1 and Structure 2; BRIDGE may be a substantially aliphatic linker, as previously described; and Rr may be a reactive group or a functional group. Merely by way of example, Qi may be a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 may be a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; BRIDGE may be a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non- hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge; and Rr may be a reactive group or a functional group, as described herein.
BRIDGE
[0060] BRIDGE may be a substantially flexible linker molecule, having no more than one positive charge. BRIDGE may be a substantially neutral and substantially flexible linker molecule. The constituents of BRIDGE may be selected to achieve such a limited positive charge or such a substantial neutrality. The property of substantial neutrality, which includes actual neutrality, is discussed further below. The property of substantial flexibility is generally related to the substantially aliphatic nature, which includes actual aliphatic nature, of BRIDGE. This substantial aliphatic nature generally refers to the non-aromaticity of BRIDGE, or non-rigidity of BRIDGE.
[0061] In Structure 1, BRIDGE is covalently attached to Q1 and Q2. In the case of dimeric dyes, BRIDGE may have from about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 8 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 12 to about 60 non- hydrogen atoms, or from about 15 or about 20 to about 40 or about 50 non-hydrogen atoms, for example. In Structure 2, BRIDGE is covalently attached to Qi, Q2 and Q3. In the case of trimeric dyes, BRIDGE may have from about 15 to about 150 non- hydrogen atoms, from about 20 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms, from about 20 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, or from about 30 to about 70 non-hydrogen atoms, for example.
[0062] BRIDGE may incorporate at least one independent nucleic-acid-binding- enhancing-group (NABEG). A NABEG is a moiety capable of binding to nucleic acids in the form of electrostatic, hydrophobic, or hydrogen-bonding interactions. Merely by way of example, a NABEG may be selected from primary amines; secondary amines; tertiary amines; ammoniums; amidines; aryl groups optionally comprising hetero atoms selected from N, O, S, and any combination thereof; moieties having bonds comprising hetero atoms of high electronegativity; and any combination thereof.
[0063] Primary, secondary and tertiary amines and amidines are basic groups and therefore are positively charged or at least partially positively charged at physiological pH. Ammonium groups, or quaternized nitrogen groups, are permanently positively charged. Generally speaking, positively charged or partially positively charged groups enhance the nucleic acid binding of the dye via electrostatic interaction, a property that may be exploited in the development of highly sensitive fluorescent nucleic acid stains. It is generally undesirable to use BRIDGE having excessive positive charges to produce a dye of the present invention. For example, a suitable BRIDGE of a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye of the invention may comprise no more than one positive charge. BRIDGE may be a substantially flexible and neutral or substantially neutral linker. In this context, substantially neutrality refers to slight charge. By way of example, BRIDGE could comprise a weakly basic constituent, such as a pyridine group or a pyrazine group, for example, such that when it is in aqueous solution, a very small amount of positive charges may be present. Further by way of example, in a case (optional) in which BRIDGE comprises at least one neutral NABEG, the exact amount of positive charge may be generally related to the pKa of the NABEG. Generally, the higher the pIQ of the NABEG, the more likely the NABEG is protonated and thus, positively charged. By way of example, a suitable weakly basic NABEG group may have a pKa of about 11 or less, about 8 or less, or about 7 or less.
[0064] There may be a tendency to form an intramolecular dimer, primarily H-dimer, which may be a particularly useful property in the nucleic acid dye produced. For example, in the case of a dimeric dye described herein, H-dimer formation may produce a hairpin-like structure, wherein H-dimer forms a stem portion of the hairpin and BRIDGE forms a curved portion, as schematically illustrated in Figure 1. The phenomenon of H-dimer formation in connection with certain dyes has been described in West, et ah, J. Phys. Chem. (1965); Rohatgi, et ah, J. Phys. Chem. (1966); Rohatgi, et ah, Chem. Phys. Lett. (1971); and Khairutdinov, et ah, J. Phys. Chem. (1997). Formation of an intramolecular H-dimer may be facilitated when BRIDGE is a flexible and neutral or substantially neutral hydrocarbon linker, optionally comprising one or more neutral NABEG(s).
[0065] H-dimer formation may be characterized by a large blue shift of the dye absorption spectrum. By way of example, the absorption spectra of a monomeric dye AO (acridine orange) and a related dimeric dye, A0A0-7, that forms an intramolecular dimer, are shown in Figure 2. The 471 nm peak associated with the A0A0-7 dimer indicates intramolecular H-dimer formation. The absorption spectra of both the monomer and the dimer become similar once DNA-binding occurs, indicating the opening up of the hairpin structure. By way of example, as shown in Figure 3, the disappearance of the 471 nm peak from A0A0-7 dimer indicates the opening up of the hairpin structure upon DNA binding.
[0066] H-dimer formation in a dye described herein may be associated with two major benefits. One of the major benefits is a reduction, sometimes dramatic, in background fluorescence, coupled with a substantial increase in fluorescence upon DNA-binding, as demonstrated by a large gain in the fluorescence signal. This benefit may be appreciated by comparing the fluorescence spectra of a monomeric acridine orange dye, DMAO, and a dimeric acridine orange dye, AOAO-7, in the absence and presence of DNA. For example, as shown in Figure 4, relative to the monomeric DMAO dye, the dimeric AOAO-7 dye is associated with lower background fluorescence and higher fluorescence upon binding to DNA.
[0067] Intramolecular dimer-associated fluorescence quenching may be so efficient that a dye described herein may be constructed from at least one monomeric dye that is not normally considered to be very desirable, such as at least one monomeric dye that has high background fluorescence, for example. An example of this is shown in Figure 4, which features acridine orange (AO) and a dimer thereof. Although AO is one of the earliest known nucleic acid-binding dyes and has desirable wavelengths, it has not been widely used for nucleic acid detection because of its relatively high background fluorescence. As demonstrated in Figure 4, relative to the monomeric AO dye, the dimeric dye AOAO-7 has much lower background fluorescence.
[0068] H-dimer formation occurs via intramolecular, rather than intermolecular, interaction. The H-dimer formation occurs via the covalent linkage of two or three dyes, such as a pair of desirable monomeric dyes, for example. The H-dimer formation may be accomplished relatively easily, without the need for an additional reagent, such as an additional reagent that may interfere with a useful application of the dye, for example. By way of example, a dimeric dye may be formed from a pairing of one nucleic acid-binding dye constituent and one non-nucleic acid-binding fluorescent dye constituent in solution, without the use of an additional reagent. Further by way of example, a trimeric dye may be prepared from two nucleic acid- binding dye constituents and one non-nucleic acid-binding fluorescent dye constituent in solution, again, without the use of an additional reagent. The H-dimer formation provides a useful way to trap the dye in a non-DNA-binding state, which has no inhibitory effect on PCR and which shifts to the open random state or the DNA- binding state only when DNA is present. Thus, the effective dye concentration, or the concentration of the dye in the open random state, can be kept low, even though a high total dye concentration is used to increase the qPCR sensitivity.
[0069] As mentioned above, H-dimer formation in a dye described herein may be associated with another major benefit. This unexpected benefit is that H-dimer formation in a dye may significantly reduce the inhibitory effect of the dye to PCR in a qPCR application. By way of example, usually, for a DNA sample of a given concentration, the fluorescent signal from a fluorescent DNA dye is proportional to the dye concentration, until dye saturation. By way of example, a higher dye concentration is associated with a greater formation of DNA-dye complexes, and thus, greater, or brighter, fluorescence, until dye saturation. Therefore, ideally, one would wish to start with a high enough dye concentration for maximal sensitivity in a qPCR application. In practice, however, all DNA dyes that have previously used for qPCR inhibit the DNA amplification process in varying degrees. Typically, a higher concentration of such a previous dye has been associated with greater dye inhibition of the amplification or PCR process. Thus, the concentration of such a previous dye has usually been made to be much lower for a qPCR application than it would be for a non-qPCR application. [0070] This lowering of dye concentration in qPCR applications results in a sacrifice in terms of end-point fluorescent signal strength, as may be discerned from the following discussion of the most widely used DNA dye for qPCR, SYBR Green I, by way of example. The concentration of SYBR Green 1 that used in qPCR is not provided by the manufacturer, such that precise comparison with other dyes is not easy or routine. However, as the concentration of a dye is linearly related to its optical density according to Beer's law, the optical density characteristics of SYBR Green 1 solution used in qPCR and another dye solution used in qPCR may be used to at least qualitatively compare the respective concentrations. For example, a typical optical density for SYBR Green 1 solution used in qPCR is from 0.025 to 0.05, while the optical density for a solution of Dye No. 19 of Table 2 herein used in qPCR is typically from about 0.04 to about 0.8, or more typically, from about 0.1 to about 0.4. The SYBR Green I dye shows a significant inhibition effect when the dye concentration is increased from 0.5X, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.025 at the absorption peak of 495nm, to a IX concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.05 at the same absorption peak. As shown in Figure 8, while SYBR Green I at the IX concentration has a higher end-point fluorescent signal relative to SYBR Green I at the 0.5X concentration, the cycle number, or Ct value, associated with the IX dye concentration is delayed. This delayed Ct value indicates that SYBR Green I significantly inhibits PCR at higher dye concentration. The dimeric dye, A0A0-12, exhibits little or no inhibition when the dye concentration is increased from a IX dye concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.1 at the absorption peak of 471nm, to a 2X dye concentration, which corresponds to an optical density of 0.2 at the same absorption peak. Because A0A0-12 shows little or no PCR inhibition, it can be used at a concentration that is relatively high and provide a fluorescent signal that can be several times higher than that of SYBR Green I, as shown in Figure 9. In brief, A0A0-12 shows little or no PCR inhibition within a wide concentration range, and thus can be used at a higher concentration for an increased fluorescent signal.
[0071] It is believed that the above-described substantial lack of PCR inhibition that may be associated with dyes described herein, such that a higher dye concentration can be used, may be explained by a "release-on-demand" mechanism that is schematically illustrated in Figure 1. That is, it is believed that in solution, a dimeric dye exists in a dynamic equilibrium between a closed hairpin conformation and an open random conformation, as shown in Figure 1. In general, the hairpin conformation is much more stable than the open random conformation and is predominant. The dominance of the hairpin conformation of the dye is supported by ultraviolet/visible spectra, which show a substantial shift of the dimer spectrum relative to the monomer spectrum. The hairpin conformation is an inactive form of the dye, while the open conformation is an active form of the dye, capable of DNA binding. When DNA is present, dye in the open conformation shifts to a DNA-bound conformation, more dye in the hairpin conformation shifts to the open conformation, and dye in the open conformation stays at a very low concentration. In other words, the majority of the dye is trapped in the non-DNA-binding hairpin conformation and is only released to the open conformation, or the DNA-binding form, in response to greater DNA presence. This "release-on-demand" mechanism makes it possible for a dye to be used at a relatively high concentration without adversely affecting the PCR process itself. Unlike a dye described herein, SYBR Green I does not have a non- DNA-binding conformation that helps lower the effective concentration of the dye and thus shows a highly concentration-dependent PCR inhibitory effect.
[0072] The nucleic acid stains described herein are relatively simple and can be prepared on a desirable scale, such as in amounts measured in grams to tens of grams, for example, on a fairly routine basis. These nucleic acid stains may be used fairly universally for detection of DNA amplification and for relatively routine research applications. By way of example, fluorescent nucleic acid dyes may be used to detect the presence and amount of DNA in a substantially non-sequence-selective manner, and in a relatively universal manner.
[0073] BRIDGE may have the formula (Formula 1) set forth directly below.
Formula 1
-U-[A1iCU2)a-U^HC^2)H^3<Cii2)y-)c[A4-(CH2)δ-UA5-
Figure imgf000026_0001
[A6-(CH2)ζ-]f[A7-(CH2)η-]g[A8-(CH2)θ-]h[A9-(CH2) -]i-A10-L2-
[0074] In Formula 1, each substituent of substituent Li and substituent L2 (each of which may be referred to as simply "L") is part of BRIDGE. Li is covalently bound to one dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent, and L2 is covalently bound to the dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 that is other than said one dye constituent. Independently, each of L1 and L2 is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl group optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S. The subscripts associated with the (CH2) methylene units, namely, α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and i, may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated methylene unit and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20 or from 1 to about 12. The subscripts associated with the bracketed portions of Formula 1, namely, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated bracketed portion of the formula and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, or from 1 to about 10 or from 1 to about 5.
[0075] A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 may be the same or different, each, independently, being a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S. A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 may be such that BRIDGE comprises at most one positive charge, or is substantially neutral, and in the latter case, each of these constituents, independently, may itself be substantially neutral, which includes actual neutrality. NABEGs may be selected from moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S; and aryl groups optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S. Examples of moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S include, but are not limited to moieties comprising at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thiourea bond, ether bond, or thioether bond.
[0076] One of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 may be a branching unit covalently linked to Q3 through a branch B' and a linker L, as shown in the formula (Formula 2) set forth directly below. . Formula 2
Figure imgf000028_0001
[0077] In Formula 2, T may be a substituted carbon, a substituted nitrogen, or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from O, N and S. B' has the formula (Formula 3) set forth directly below.
Formula 3
<CH2)α'-[A11-(CH2)p-]a'[A12-(CH2V-]b'[A13-(CH2)HtfA14-
[0078] The -(CH2V of Formula 3 is covalently linked to T of Formula 2 and A14 of Formula 3 is covalently linked to L3 of Formula 2. Independently, each of A11, A12, A13, and A14 may be a neutral or substantially neutral nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing- group (NABEG); a neutral branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one neutral saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S, as described previously in connection with each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 of Formula 1. The subscripts associated with the (CH2) methylene units, namely, a', β', γ', and δ', may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated methylene unit and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20. The subscripts associated with the bracketed portions of Formula 3, namely, a', b', and c', may be the same or different, each independently indicating the size of the associated bracketed portion and being zero or an integer from 1 to about 20.
[0079] In Formula 2, independently, I^ may be a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl group optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O and S, as described previously in connection with each of the L components of Formula 1. The resulting molecule is a trimeric nucleic acid stain.
[0080] One of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 may be a branching unit covalently linked to a reactive group Rr through a branch B' and a linker L3, as shown in the formula (Formula 4) set forth directly below.
Formula 4 T
B1
V3 Rr
[0081] In Formula 4, T, B' and L3 are defined as set forth above in connection with Formula 2 and Formula 3, with the exception that L3 is covalently bound to Rr. The resulting molecule may be a nucleic acid stain as represented by Structure 3 above.
[0082] A dye with a reactive group -Rr can be used to label any of a wide variety of molecules that comprise a suitable functional group or are derivatized to comprise a suitable functional group. It is understood that the term "reactive group" can be used to refer to a "reactive group" or a "functional group" and that the term "functional group" can be used to refer to a "reactive group" or a "functional group." Either term may refer, and both terms may refer, to a bond-forming group on a dye, or to a bond- forming group on the substrate molecule to be labeled. Here, by way of convenience, but not limitation, a bond-forming group on the dye will generally be referred to as a reactive group and a bond-forming group on the substrate molecule will generally be referred to as a functional group. Merely by way of example, a dye with a reactive group or functional group -Rr may have up to one positive charge.
[0083] In general, conjugation of a dye to a substrate molecule may confer a nucleic acid-detection property of the dye on the conjugated substrate molecule. The reactive group and the functional group are typically an electrophile and a nucleophile, respectively, that can form a covalent bond. According to one alternative, the reactive group is a photoactivatable group capable of reacting with a hydrocarbon molecule upon ultraviolet photoactivation or photolysis. According to another alternative, the reactive group is a dienophile capable of reacting with a conjugated diene via a Diels- Alder reaction. According to yet another alternative, the reactive group is a 1,3-diene capable of reacting with a dienophile. Still other reactive group/functional group pairs may be selected based on Staudinger chemistry or the reaction between an azido group and a terminal alkyne (the so-called Click chemistry). Merely by way of example, examples of useful reactive groups, functional groups, and corresponding linkages are listed below in Table 1.
Figure imgf000030_0001
* Activated esters, as understood in the art, generally have the formula — COΩ, where Ω is a good leaving group, such as succinimidyloxy ( — OC4H4O2), sulfosuccinimidyloxy ( — OC4H3O2 — SO3H), or -1-oxybenzotriazolyl ( — OC6H4N3), for example; or an aryloxy group or aryloxy substituted one or more times by electron-withdrawing substituent(s), such as nitro, fluoro, chloro, cyano, trifluoromethyl, or combinations thereof, for example, used to form activated aryl esters; or a carboxylic acid activated by a carbodiimide to form an anhydride or mixed anhydride — OCORa or — 0CNRaNHRb, where Ra and Rb, which may be the same or different, are independently C1-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 perfluoroalkyl, or Ci-C6 alkoxy; or cyclohexyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl, or N- morpholinoethyl.
** Acyl azides can also rearrange to isocyanates.
[0084] The reactive group may be one that will react with an amine, a thiol, or an aldehyde. The reactive group may be an amine-reactive group, such as a succinimidyl ester, for example, or a thiol-reactive group, such as a maleimide, a haloacetamide, or a methanethio-sulfonate (MTS), for example, or an aldehyde-reactive group, such as an amine, an aminooxy, or a hydrazide, for example.
[0085] A reactive dye may be conjugated to any of a wide variety of substrate molecules. For example, a suitable substrate may be a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, a molecule of a solid surface, such as the surface of a silicon wafer, the surface of a polypropylene substrate or container, or the like, for example. A molecule to be labeled may be a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, or a molecule that may interact with a nucleic acid. For example, DNA-binding dyes have been used to label an oligonucleotide-based probe for qPCR applications. Shiguro, T., et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 4992-7 (1996).
[0086] A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10, which may be the same or different, may, independently, be NABEGs selected from moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S; and aryl groups optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S. Examples of moieties comprising at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one hetero atom of high electronegativity or S include, but are not limited to moieties comprising at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thiourea bond, ether bond, or thioether bond. A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 may be such that BRIDGE comprises at most one positive charge, or is substantially neutral, and in the latter case, each of these constituents may itself be substantially neutral, which includes actual neutrality.
[0087] BRIDGE may comprise any suitable number of non-hydrogen atoms, as previously described, such as from about 10 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, for example, or from about 12 to about 60 non-hydrogen atoms for the dimeric dyes, and from about 20 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms for the trimeric dyes. For example, BRIDGE may have from about 15 to about 40 non-hydrogen atoms for the dimeric dyes, and from about 30 to about 70 non-hydrogen atoms for the trimeric dyes.
[0088] Merely by way of example, BRIDGE may have the formula (Formula 5) set forth directly below.
Formula 5
-(CH2)x-C(=O)NH-(CH2)α-[O-(CH2)β]b-[O-(CH2)y]c-NH(O=C)-(CH2)x-
In one such case, for example, Li of BRIDGE is -(CH2)X- and L2 of BRIDGE is - (CEk)x-, where each x, independently, is an integer selected from 1 to 11, inclusive; A1 of BRIDGE is -Q=O)NH-; a of BRIDGE is 1; A2 of BRIDGE is -O-; A3 of BRIDGE is -O-; α may be an integer selected from 2 to about 20, inclusive; each of β and γ, independently, may be 2 or 3; b may be zero or an integer selected from 2 to about 20; and c may be zero or 1; each of d, e, f, g, h and i of BRIDGE is 0; and A10 of BRIDGE is -NH(O=C)C-. Merely by way of example, BRIDGE may be as just described, wherein c is 1. Further, merely by way of example, BRIDGE may be as just described, wherein c is 1, and further, wherein x may be 5; α and γ may be the same and may be 2 or 3; β may be 2; and b may be 0, 1, 2 or 3.
Monomeric Dyes
[0089] Independently, each of the constituent monomeric dyes or functional molecules, Ql, Q2, and Q3, used for the dimeric and trimeric dyes may be selected from: 1) fluorescent nucleic acid dyes; 2) non-fluorescent, nucleic acid-binding molecules; 3) fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dyes; and 4) non-fluorescent, non-nucleic acid dyes. In general, Ql, Q2 and Q3 may be selected and covalently linked via BRIDGE in a manner to encourage or to ensure intramolecular dimer formation in the absence of DNA and formation of highly fluorescent DNA-dye complexes upon DNA binding. Intramolecular dimer formation may be sufficient to provide the useful hairpin conformation of a dimeric dye, as previously described. Such a dimeric dye may possess desirable properties, such as low background fluorescence and low PCR inhibition, for example. As previously described, it is possible to use a dimeric dye as described herein at a relatively high concentration to generate a desirable, or strong, fluorescent signal.
[0090] Intramolecular dimer formation may be confirmed by comparing the absorption spectra of a dimeric dye or trimeric dye in an aqueous solution with the absorption spectra of the related monomeric dye or dyes also in an aqueous solution. Any intramolecular dimer formation dye should cause the spectra of the component monomeric dyes in the dimer or trimer to be shifted significantly relative to the spectra of the related monomeric dye(s). In this regard, a significant shift may be about 10 nm or more, by way of example. For example, in Figure 2, the spectra associated with AOAO-7 are shifted significantly relative to the spectra of DMAO.
[0091] When the intramolecular dimer formation is a H-dimer formation, the spectra will usually undergo a significant blue shift. In this regard, a significant shift may be about 10 nm or more, by way of example. Other types of intramolecular dimer formation are also possible and may result in spectral shift in another direction, in spectral shifts in separate directions for each of the component monomeric dyes, in an insignificant spectral shift, or in no spectral shift. In this regard, an insignificant shift may be about 5 nm or less, by way of example. In general, when there is no significant spectral shift observed, other analytical techniques may be employed to confirm the formation of any intramolecular dimer. Such analytical techniques include, but are not limited to, nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, and fluorescence spectroscopy, for example. Any intramolecular dye aggregation that results in a hairpin structure is generally desirable.
[0092] Various combinations of Ql, Q2, and Q3 may be useful or desirable. Merely by way of example, a dimeric dye may be constructed via five different combinations of Ql and Q2, as schematically shown in Figure 10. Further by way of example, examples of prepared dyes and associated intermediates are listed below in Table 2.
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
[0093] While many of the structures shown in Table 2 show one or more iodide anion(s), any other appropriate anion(s), such as those described herein, such as chloride anion(s), merely by way of example, may be used in place of the iodide anions shown. [0094] A dimeric dye of the invention may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q2, wherein Qi and Q2 may be the same or different. When Qi and Q2 are the same, the resulting dye is a homodimer, such as any of Dye Nos. 6-22, 24-26, and 28-36 of Table 2, merely by way of example. When Qi and Q2 are different fluorescent nucleic acid dyes that have similar absorption and emission spectra, the resulting dimer is a heterodimer, such as that of Dye No. 23 of Table 2, merely by way of example. Such a heterodimer is functionally similar to a homodimer. In either case, both Qi and Q2 are reporter dyes, such that upon DNA binding, they both contribute to the detected fluorescent signal, as schematically illustrated in Combination A of Figure 10. Alternatively, a heterodimeric dye may comprise two different fluorescent nucleic acid dyes that have substantially different absorption and emission spectra. In this case, only one of the two dyes is selected as a reporter dye.
[0095] Qi and Q2 may form a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) pair. In this case, the dye with the shorter wavelength acts as a fluorescence donor dye, while the dye with the longer wavelength acts as an acceptor or reporter dye. For efficient FRET to occur, the emission spectrum and the absorption of the donor dye need to overlap sufficiently. Further discussions of FRET are provided in Fδrster, Ann. Phys. (1948) and Stryer, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL (1967). A FRET-based dye allows for excitation at one wavelength and re-emission of fluorescence at a substantially longer wavelength.
[0096] When a heterodimer comprising Qi and Q2 of substantially different spectra is not a FRET-based dye, either one of Qi and Q2, but not both at the same time, may be selected as a reporter dye. The other non-reporter dye serves as a partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation and provides additional nucleic acid binding ability for the dimeric dye. An example of a heterodimeric dye having one reporter dye, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi, and one non-reporter dye, a non- fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Q2, is schematically illustrated in Combination B of Figure 10.
[0097] A heterodimeric dye may comprise a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Qi and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q2. Here, Q2 is the reporter dye, while Qi serves as a DNA anchoring dye and a pairing partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation. The DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination C of Figure 10.
[0098] A heterodimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q1 and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q2. In such a case, Qi is the reporter dye and Q2 serves as a partner for the necessary intramolecular dimer formation. The DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination D of Figure 10.
[0099] A heterodimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q2. If Qi and Q2 have similar absorption and emission spectra, both Qi and Q2 are reporter dyes, although only Qi is bound to the nucleic acids. The DNA binding mode for this type of heterodimer is schematically illustrated in Combination E of Figure 10. When Qi and Q2 form a FRET pair, the dye with the shorter wavelength acts as the fluorescence donor dye, while the dye with the longer wavelength acts as the acceptor or reporter dye. When Qi and Q2 are substantially different in spectra and are not a FRET pair, either one of Qi and Q2, but not both at the same time, may be selected as a reporter dye. An example of this latter case is the heterodimer AORO-7 (Dye No. 27 of Table 2), which comprises AO with an absorption peak and an emission peak at 503nm and 523nm (DNA), respectively, and a rosamine dye with an absorption peak and an emission peak and at 600nm and ~620nm, respectively, as shown in Figures 12 and 13. Figure 14 shows a PCR amplification plot using AORO-7, with the fluorescent non-nucleic rosamine dye component chosen as the reporter dye by using channel no. 3 on an iCycler IQ Multiple-Color Real-Time PCR Detection System from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA).
[0100] A dimeric dye may comprise a pair of monomeric dyes selected from two identical fluorescent nucleic acid dyes and two different fluorescent nucleic acid dyes.
[0101] A trimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q1, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q2, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q3, wherein Qi, Q2 , and Q3 may be the same or different. For example, Q1, Q2, and Q3 may be the same fluorescent nucleic acid dye. A trimeric dye may comprise a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Qi, a fluorescent nucleic acid dye Q2, and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q3, wherein Q1 and Q2 serve as DNA anchoring molecules and Q3 is a reporter dye. A trimeric dye of the invention may comprise a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Qi, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecule Q2, and a third fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye Q3, wherein Qi and Q2 serve as DNA anchoring molecules and Q3 is a reporter dye.
[0102] Fluorescent nucleic acid dyes, non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecules, fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes, non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes, and examples thereof, are further described below.
Fluorescent nucleic acid dyes
[0103] Examples of a monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye suitable for constructing dyes include, but are not limited to, an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine-based nucleic acid stain, a phenanthridinium dye, a symmetric cyanine nucleic stain, a derivative of DAPI, and a derivative of a Hoechst dye. DAPI and Hoechst dyes generally cannot be directly attached to BRIDGE because they do not possess a reactive group for bond formation. In this context, a derivative refers to a base dye, such as DAPI or a Hoechst dye, that is modified sufficiently for bond formation, such as by addition of a reactive group, by way of example.
Acridine Dyes
[0104] Merely by way of example, the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be an acridine dye having the general structure (Structure 4) set forth directly below.
Structure 4
Figure imgf000041_0001
[0105] Acridine orange (AO) is an acridine dye that stains dsDNA with green fluorescence and stains RNA with red fluorescence. Traganos, et ah, J. Histochem. Cytochem. 25(1), 46 (1977). Unlike some other acridine dyes, AO has a high extinction coefficient (>50,000) and a long absorption wavelength (λabS = 500 run (DNA bound)). However, the affinity of AO for nucleic acid is very low and the dye has significant intrinsic fluorescence in the absence of nucleic acids. In this regard, the level of intrinsic fluorescence may be significant in that it precludes the dye from being used in detecting nucleic acid at a low level, such as in the low nanogram/mL range, for example, or in detecting nucleic acid in gels without a destaining step, for example. Consequently, AO itself is of little utility for DNA or RNA quantification, particularly for highly sensitive DNA detection associated with applications such as real-time qPCR.
[0106] An acridine dye may comprise any of a variety of substituents at various positions on the ring structure. The nature of a substituent and its substitution position may strongly affect the spectral properties of the dye produced. In general, electron- donating substituents at the 3- and 6-positions and an electron-withdrawing substituent at the 9-position typically red-shift the absorption and emission spectra of the dye. Examples of a typical electron-donating group include, but are not limited to, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and an alkylmercapto group. Examples of a typical electron-withdrawing group include, but are not limited to, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a carboxamido group, a sulfonamide group, a nitro group, and a halogen group. Any additional ring structure fused with the core structure will also increase the wavelengths of the dye produced.
[0107] Various portions of Structure 4 are now described. In Structure 4, as in various other monomeric dye structures provided or described herein, a symbol of "R" followed by a subscript, such as Ri, merely by way of example, may indicate a substituent of the structure that is not part of BRIDGE, or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, in which case, it is not a substituent of the structure. Each Ri, independently, may be H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; a halogen; -OR4; -SR5; -NR6R7; -CN; -NH(C=O)R8; -NHS(=O)2R9; or - C(=0)NHRio; any adjacent pair of Ris optionally forms a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which further optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; and one of the RiS is -L-Rr, as previously described, or one of the RiS represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, in which case, that Ri is merely representative and not actually a substituent of the monomeric dye. In any case where Ri involves at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and Rio, any applicable one of same is independently H or an alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, and for any applicable pair of adjacent R6 and R7, independently, R6 and R7 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
[0108] Typically, R2 is H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O and S; a halogen; -ORn; -SR12; -NHR13; -CN; or -C(=O)NHR14; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. In any case where R2 involves at least one of Rn, Ri2, Ri3 and Ri4, any applicable one of same is independently H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons.
[0109] Typically, R3 is H; or an alkyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
[0110] Ψ is an anion, such as an anion that balances positive charge(s) associated with the dye, for example. Ψ may be biologically compatible. Examples of a suitable anion include, but are not limited to, a halide, a sulfate, a phosphate, a perchlorate, a tetrafluoroborate, and a hexafluorophosphate. Merely by way of example, the anion may be chloride or iodide.
[0111] Only one of Ri, R2 and R3 must represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Merely by way of example, one of R2 and R3 may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. As described herein, BRIDGE may be covalently linked to a monomeric acridine dye, such as any such dye described herein, and to another suitable monomeric dye, to form a dimeric dye, or to two other suitable monomeric dyes to form a trimeric dye. Generally, only one of Ri, R2 and R3 may be optionally - L-Rr, as previously described. A dimeric dye or a trimeric dye may comprise only one -L-Rr.
[0112] Merely by way of example, the monomeric acridine dye may have the structure (Structure 5) set forth directly below.
Structure 5
Figure imgf000043_0001
[0113] In Structure 5, generally, each R1, independently, is H, or a C1-C2 alkyl; one of R2 and R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; optionally, one of R2 and R3 is -L-Rr, as previously described; when R2 does not represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure and is not L-Rr, R2 is selected from H, -CH3, -NH2, - NHCH3, -CN, and -C(=O)NH2; when R3 does not represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure and is not L-Rr, R3 is selected from H or -CH3; each of R6 and R7, independently, is H, or a C1-C2 alkyl; and Ψ is an anion, as previously described. Merely by way of example, for each pair of adjacent R6 or R7 and Ri, independently, R6 or R7 and Ri may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring.
[0114] In one example, the mononieric acridine dye, as represented by Structure 5, may be such that each Ri is H; R2 is H; R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R6 is -CH3; each R7 is -CH3; and Ψ is an anion, as previously described.
[0115] Merely by way of example, a dimeric dye may comprise two identical monomeric acridine dye molecules of Structure 5 and BRIDGE of Formula 5.
Asymmetric cyanine dyes
[0116] Merely by way of example, the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be an asymmetric cyanine dye having the general structure (Structure 6) set forth directly below.
Structure 6
Figure imgf000044_0001
[0117] The general structure (Structure 6, above) of asymmetric cyanine dyes comprises a heterocyclic ring that is a substituted benzazolium ring; a methane or polymethine bridge; and a heterocyclic ring that is a substituted pyridinium or quinolinium ring. The dotted line in the structure represents the atoms necessary to form one or more fused aromatic ring(s), optionally incorporating one or more nitrogen(s), which may or may not be quaternized. When the dotted line represents a 6-membered ring comprising one or more nitrogen atom(s), the resulting fused ring is called an aza-benzole ring.
[0118] In Structure 6, in general, each of R1 and R1' on the benzazolium ring, independently, is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; a halogen; -OR9;- SR10; -NRi1R12; -CN; -NH(C=O)R13; -NHS(=O)2R14; or -Q=O)NHR15. Merely by way of example, one of R1 and Ri' may be a substituent that is meta to X or to the benzazole nitrogen, wherein the substituent confers at least one desirable property as further described below. In any case where R1 or R1' involves at least one of R9, Ri0, Rn, Ri2, Ri3, Rw and R15, any applicable one of same, independently, is H; or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s); or an aryl; and any applicable Rn and Ri2 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O.
[0119] As mentioned above, one of R1 and R1' of Structure 6 may be a substituent that confers at least one desirable property to the dye. One such desirable property is DNA minor groove-binding. A minor groove-binding molecule typically has a structure with a crescent shape that fits into the minor groove of a double-stranded DNA. Examples of a DNA minor groove-binding dye molecule or non-dye molecule, which may include a natural molecule, include, but are not limited to, DAPI, a Hoechst dye, distamycin A, netropsin, and any of numerous synthetic minor groove- binders based on polyamides of N-methylpyrrole and N-methylimidazole. Catalog of Biotium, Inc. (Hayward, California (CA)), 2005-2006; Boger, et ah, Ace. Chem. Res. 37, 61 (2004); and Dervan, P.B., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. 9, 2215 (2001). The crescent shape of a minor groove-binder is typically created by meta -substitution of a 5- or 6- membered ring with a minor groove-binder substituent, which includes, but is not limited to, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzoxazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzimidazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted benzothiazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted imidazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted oxazol- 2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl, a substituted or an unsubstituted N- methylpyrrolyl-2-aminocarbonyl, a substituted or an unsubstituted iV-methylpyrrolyl- 3-carboxamido, a substituted or an unsubstituted l-methylimidazol-2-carboxamido, a substituted or an unsubstituted l-methylimidazol-4-aminocarbonyl, a substituted or an unsubstituted phenyl, a substituted or an unsubstituted pyridyl, a substituted or an unsubstituted pyrazinyl, and a substituted or an unsubstituted triazinyl. A DNA dye may be meta-substituted by a minor groove-binder substituent as described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0132046.
[0120] One of Ri and Ri' may be -L-Rr, as previously described. One of Ri and Ri' may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
[0121] X is selected from O and S. In general, a dye wherein X is S has longer absorption and emission wavelengths than a similar dye wherein X is O.
[0122] R2 may be methyl or ethyl, or may represent wherein BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Merely by way of example, R2 may be methyl or ethyl.
[0123] The subscript n represents a number of double bond units in any methine bridge and is selected from 0, 1, and 2. Typically, a dye with a longer methine bridge will have longer wavelengths than a dye with a shorter methine bridge. Merely by way of example, n may be 0 or 1.
[0124] Substitutents R3, R4, and R5 are independently H or -CH3. Optionally, any adjacent pair of these substitutents may form a 5- or 6-membered ring. Merely by way of example, R3, R4, and R5 may be H.
[0125] In general, independently, each of substituents R6, R8, and R8' may be H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S. R8 and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), independently, by C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylmercapto, or a halogen. In any case in which any of R6, R8, and R8' involve at least one of Ri6 and Ri7, any applicable one of same, independently, is H; or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s); or an aryl; and any applicable Ri6 and Ri7 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O. [0126] R6 may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. R6 may be a -L-R-, as previously described.
[0127] R7 is selected from H; an alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a substituted or unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; a -L-Rr, as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
[0128] Ψ is an anion, as previously described herein.
[0129] Only one of R1, Ri', R6, R7 and Rg must represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. As described herein, BRIDGE may covalently link the monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye and another suitable monomeric dye to form a dimeric dye, or the monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye and two other suitable monomeric dyes to form a trimeric dye. Generally, only one of Ri, R1', R6, R7 and Rg may optionally be - L-Rr, as previously described. More typically, a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye may comprise only one — L-Rr.
[0130] Merely by way of example, an asymmetric cyanine dye may have the structure (Structure 7) set forth directly below, wherein each of R1', R6, R7, Rg and Rg' is as previously described in connection with Structure 6.
Structure 7
Figure imgf000047_0001
[0131] By way of example, the asymmetric cyanine dye, as represented by Structure 7, may be such that R1' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons; a halogen; -OR9; -SR10; -NRi1R12; -CN; -NH(C=O)R13; -NHS(=O)2R14; -C(=O)NHRi5; a substituent associated with minor groove binding; or -L-Rr, as previously described; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Further, when R1' comprises at least one of R9, Ri0, Ri1, R12, Ri3, R14 and R15, any said one of R9, Ri0, Rn, R12, R13, R14 and R15, independently, is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), or an aryl; and when R1' comprises R11 and R12, R11 and R12 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O. X may be selected from O and S and n may be selected from 0, 1, and 2. R6 may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -OR16; -SR16; -NR16Ri7; a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-Rr, as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. R7 may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-Rr, as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Rg may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -ORi6; -SR16; -NR16Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or -L-Rr, as previously described; or may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. R8' may be H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; -OR16; -SR16; -NR16R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s) selected from halogens, N, O, and S. Rs and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), independently, by C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 alkoxy, C1-C2 alkylmercapto, or a halogen. For any R6, Rs, or R8' that comprises at least one of Ri6 and Ri7, any said one of Ri6 and Ri7 thereof, independently, may be H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl. For any R6, R8, and R8' that comprises R16 and R17, R16 and R17 thereof may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O. Only one of R1', R6, R7 and R8 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Generally, only one of Ri', R6, R7 and R8 may optionally be -L-Rr, as previously described. Ψ is an anion, as previously described. [0132] In one example, an asymmetric cyanine dye has the structure (Structure 8) set forth directly below, wherein R7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure and Ψ is an anion, as previously described.
Structure 8
Figure imgf000049_0001
[0133] Merely by way of example, a dimeric dye may comprise two identical monomeric asymmetric cyanine dye molecules of Structure 8 and BRIDGE of Formula 5.
[0134] Merely by way of example, in a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, such as that of Structure 1, for example, when the Ql dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye, such as any of Structures 6-8, for example, and the Q2 dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye, such as any of Structures 6-8, for example, a sum of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i of BRIDGE, such as BRIDGE of Formula 1, for example, may be greater than three, or at least one of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 of BRIDGE, such as BRIDGE of Formula 1, for example, may be a NABEG comprising a moiety that comprises at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, or thiourea bond; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
Phenanthridinium dyes
[0135] Merely by way of example, the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be a phenanthridinium derivative, having the general structure (Structure 9) set forth directly below.
Structure 9
Figure imgf000049_0002
[0136] In general, Ri may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, although it will be understood that many variations of Structure 9 above are possible and contemplated herein, via a variety of techniques, such as synthesis techniques that may provide for the attachment of BRIDGE to the structure elsewhere or that may modify the structure to provide a dye with any of various desirable wavelengths. Ψ is an anion, as previously described.
[0137] Merely by way of example, two monomeric phenanthridinium dye molecules of Structure 9 in combination with BRIDGE of Formula 5 may form a dimeric dye.
[0138] Merely by way of example, the monomeric fluorescent nucleic acid dye may be a xanthene derivative, having the general structure (Structure 10) set forth directly below.
Structure 10
Figure imgf000050_0001
[0139] Certain cationically charged xanthene dyes are known to bind to nucleic acids. For example, pyronin Y, in which Ri, R2, Ri', and R2' are methyl and R3, R3', R4, R4', and A are H, is a known fluorescent DNA binding dye that has been used for DNA gel staining. Adkin, S., and Burmeister, M., Anal. Biochem. 240(1), 17(1996). A dye having the general skeleton shown in Structure 10 above is expected to have similar nucleic acid staining properties and to provide other fluorescent colors. For example, pyronin Y has an absorption maximum at 548nm and an emission maximum at 565nm, providing a red fluorescent color.
[0140] Merely by way of example, in general, each of Ri, R2, Ri', and R2', independently, may be H, or C1-C6, inclusive, alkyl, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 hetero atom(s) selected from N and O. Further merely by way of example, independently, at least one of the pair Ri and R2 and the pair Ri' and R2' may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising one hetero atom selected from N and O. R1 and R1' may be the same and R2 and R2' may be the same. [0141] One of R1, R2, R1', and R2' may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure. Optionally, one of Ri, R2, Ri', and R2' is -L-Rr, as previously described.
[0142] Merely by way of example, R3, R3', R4, and R4', independently, may be H or C1-C3, inclusive, alkyl. R3, R3', R4, and R4' may be the same. Independently, at least one of the pair R3 and R1, the pair R2 and R4, the pair R3' and R1', and the pair R4 and R2' may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted.
[0143] A is a C1-C3 alkyl; or -L-R1, where L is a C1-C12 aliphatic linker and R1- is a reactive group, as previously described; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
[0144] Only one of Ri, R2, Ri', R2' and A may represent where BRIDGE attaches to the structure.
[0145] Ψ is an anion, as previously described.
[0146] Two monomeric xanthene dye molecules of Structure 10 in combination with BRIDGE of Formula 5 may form a dimeric dye.
[0147] Other monomeric fluorescent nuclei acid stains, such as DAPI, DIPI, a Hoechst dye, LDS 751, hydroxystilbamidine, a styryl dye, a merocyanine dye, a cyanine dye, or FluoroGold, merely by way of example, may be suitable for use or may be derivatized to be suitable for use as described herein. Haugland, R.P., Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Products, 9th edition. It will be understood that a large number of other monomeric nucleic acid dyes may be suitable for use or may be derivatized to be suitable for use as described herein. The dyes may either be directly conjugated to BRIDGE or be derivatized so that they can be conjugated to BRIDGE using synthesis knowledge.
[0148] Non-Fluorescent Nucleid Acid Dyes
[0149] In general, non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecules are nucleic acid- binding molecules that are non-fluorescent or are too weakly fluorescent to be useful as fluorescent nucleic acid dyes. Non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding molecules include non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dyes and colorless synthetic or natural nucleic acid-binding molecules.
[0150] A number of non-fluorescent dyes have been used as colorimetric nucleic acid gel stains. Relative to the fluorescent nucleic acid stain ethidium bromide, these non- fluorescent dyes usually have much lower detection sensitivity, but are considered to be safer to use, such as safer in terms of toxicity for use by humans, for example. Examples of non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dyes include, but are not limited to, Nile Blue, Crystal Violet, Methylene Blue, Thionin, Methyl Green, Basic Blue 66, Basic Red 29, Indoline Blue, Safranin O, Janus Green B, Pinacyanol, and Stains-All. Adkins, et al., Anal. Biochem. 240, 17 (1996). Most of these dyes are available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
Fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes
[0151] One of the monomeric dyes Qi, Q2, and Q3 may be a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye. In general, all fluorescent dyes that are not normally considered fluorescent nucleic acid dyes are considered fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes. Herein, the term "fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye" generally refers to a fluorescent dye that is not normally considered a nucleic acid dye. By way of example, the dye may not normally be considered a fluorescent minor groove-binder or a fluorescent intercalator. Further by way of example, while some fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes may exhibit some weak interactions with nucleic acids, these interactions are generally not sufficient to cause significant fluorescence spectral changes to make the dyes useful for nucleic acid detection.
[0152] Various fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes are commercially available from various sources, such as Biotium, Inc. (Hayward, CA). Examples of a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye include, but are not limited to, a fluorescein dye, a sulfonated fluorescein dye, a rhodamine dye, a sulfonated rhodamine dye, a cyanine dye, a sulfonated cyanine dye, a coumarine dye, a pyrene dye, an oxazine dye, and a Bodipy dye (Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR)). A suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may comprise a reactive group Rr, as previously described. A suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes may be derived such that it comprises a reactive group R1-. A suitable reactive dye is covalently attached to BRIDGE via Rr and a suitable functional group from BRIDGE. [0153] Selection of a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may depend on the other pairing monomeric dye or dyes. In general, a suitable fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye should be able to form an intramolecular dimer with the pairing dye or dyes. Intramolecular dimer formation is typically confirmed by a significant change in the absorption spectrum of at least one of the component monomeric dyes in an aqueous media before and after the monomeric dye is covalently linked to the other pairing monomeric dye or dyes by BRIDGE.
Non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes
[0154] In general, the term "non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye" refers to a dye that is neither fluorescent nor nucleic acid-binding. Such a dye is generally used as a fluorescence quencher in a FRET-based application. By way of example, a fluorogenic peptidase substrate has been constructed by covalently attaching a fluorescent donor dye to one end of a peptide, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye, the quencher, to the other end of the peptide to quench the fluorescence of the donor. Upon enzymatic cleavage of the peptide, the donor and the quencher are separated, thereby releasing the fluorescence signal. Further by way of example, a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye has been used to design so-called TaqMan probes for qPCR. A TaqMan probe consists of an oligonucleotide, which is complimentary to a target DNA sequence, a fluorescence donor dye attached to one end of the oligonucleotide, and a quencher attached to the other end of the oligonucleotide to quench the fluorescence of the donor dye. During real-time PCR, the labeled oligonucleotide binds to the target DNA, which causes the oligonucleotide to be enzymatically cleaved, thereby generating a fluorescent signal.
[0155] A non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may be used mainly as a pairing partner for intramolecular dimer formation, which is responsible for the release-on- demand DNA-binding mechanism. The non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye should be so chosen to ensure minimal FRET between it and the fluorescent nucleic acid- binding dye it pairs with following DNA binding. In general, fluorescence loss of the fluorescent nucleic acid dye due to FRET should be minimal, such as no more than about 70% of the total emitted fluorescence, for example. The selection of the non- fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye may be based on an evaluation of the emission spectrum of the fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dye and the absorption spectrum of the non-fluorescent dye. Ideally, these spectra should have minimal overlap so that the fluorescence signal loss due to FRET is minimal, as described above. Another possible way to minimize FRET is to use sufficiently long BRIDGE so that the fluorescence signal loss due to FRET is minimal, as described above, as the efficiency of FRET is dependent on the inverse sixth power of the intermolecular separation between the constituent dyes.
[0156] Examples of commercially available non-fluorescent quenchers which may be useful include, but are not limited to, DABCYL from Fluka (Buchs, Switzerland), Black Hole Quencher (BHQ) from Biosearch Technologies, Inc. (Novato, CA), Eclipse Dark Quencher (DQ) from Epoch Biosciences (Bothell, Washington), IOWA Black (IWB) from Integrated DNA Technologies (Skokie, πiinois), and QSY from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR).
Method of Use
[0157] A nucleic acid dye described herein may be particularly useful in quantitative real-tune PCR (qPCR). Using PCR coupled with fluorescence-based DNA detection via a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, one may determine the amount of a product of a PCR process without having to stop a PCR run or to sample the reaction during a PCR run. Using qPCR, one may not only quantify the original amount of a DNA sample, but may also obtain sequence information. The sensitivity and specificity of qPCR makes it highly useful in a number of practical applications including the diagnosis and prognosis of diseases, and the identification of species in agriculture and forensic science.
[0158] The use of a dye in qPCR may involve adding a solution of the dye and other components suitable for a PCR reaction (such as an amplification enzyme or enzymes, a primer or primers sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid sequence, and deoxynucleoside triphosphates, for example) to a solution comprising a DNA sample in a tube, placing the sealed tube in a qPCR instrument, and recording the detected fluorescent signal. The Ct value, or the number of cycles required for the fluorescence signal to reach an arbitrarily determined threshold value, may be recorded. The Ct value is linearly related to the log of the DNA sample copy number. Using a standard plot of Ct value and the log of DNA copy number, one can determine the DNA copy number of a DNA sample based on the Ct value. Merely by way of example, PCR amplification plots using selected dyes are shown in Figures 8, 9, 11, and 14.
[0159] Other uses of a fluorescent nucleic acid dye include, but are not limited to, DNA quantitation in solutions or gels, staining of nucleic acids in live or dead cells, and nucleic acid detection in microarrays. Generally, the use of a fluorescent nucleic acid dye may comprise contacting the dye, optionally in combination with any additional reagent(s), with a sample that comprises or is thought to comprise a nucleic acid polymer; incubating the resulting mixture of dye and sample for a sufficient amount of time to allow formation of dye-nucleic acid complexes; and detecting the fluorescent signal of the dye-nucleic acid complexes.
[0160] The dye may be prepared for suitable use as described herein. Merely by way of example, the dye may be made into a stock solution using an aqueous solvent or a water-miscible and biologically compatible organic solvent at a concentration of greater than about 100 times that used in the final staining solution. Examples of suitable aqueous solvents that may be used alone or in combination with a suitable organic solvent in the making of a dye stock solution, include, but are not limited to, water, PBS buffer, and Tris buffer. Examples of suitable organic solvents for the making of a dye stock solution, include, but are not limited to, DMSO, DMF, methanol or ethanol. The stock solution is then diluted into a staining solution with a desired final dye concentration using a suitable aqueous solvent, such as water or a biological buffer, for example. In general, the specific dye concentration for the staining solution may be determined by the nature of the sample to be analyzed and the nature of the analysis being performed. By way of example, in general, a staining solution for use in conection with a cellular sample may have a dye concentration of about InM or more, or up to about lOOμM. Further by way of example, in general, a staining solution for use in connection with an electrophoretic gel may have a dye concentration of about lμM or more, or up to about 50μM.
[0161] A method of staining nucleic acids using a dye may be determined by the nature of the analysis being carried out. In the staining of nucleic acids in cellular or tissue samples, which may or may not be pre-fixed, the samples are usually incubated in a staining solution for a few minutes to 2 hours to allow the dye to permeate the cell membranes and combine with the nucleic acids. In some cases, nucleic acids may be present in the form of a solution comprising purified nucleic acids or crude cell extracts. In such cases, in general, addition of a dye stock solution to a nucleic acid solution should result in an instantaneously detectable fluorescence signal, the strength of which is proportional to the amount of nucleic acid. By way of example, a DNA titration curve is shown in Figure 7. The substantially linear relationship between the amount of DNA and fluorescence intensity can be used for quantitation of DNA, or when cell extract is used, estimation of the number of cells. In certain instances, a nucleic acid may be embedded in an inert matrix, such as a blot or gel, a test strip, for example, or attached to a solid surface, such as a microarray chip or any other solid surface, for example. In such cases, in general, staining is carried out by applying a staining solution to the surface of the nucleic acid-comprising matrix, or to the surface of a microarray chip or other solid surface, and incubating for a period sufficient to allow formation of dye-nucleic acid complexes.
[0162] A fluorescent nucleic acid-dye complex may be detected either via its emission or excitation. By way of example, the fluorescent nucleic acid-dye complex may be, and typically is, excited by a light with wavelength at or near the absorption maximum wavelength of the complex. Further by way of example, the nucleic acid- dye complex may be excited by UV light with wavelength from 300 nm to 400nm, which is a common source of excitation light available on most of the transluminators used for gel visualizing applications. By way of example, the fluorescent signal may be detected via various instruments, such as plate readers, microscopes, fluorometers, quantum counters, and flow cytometers, for example. Further by way of example, the fluorescent signal may be made by visual methods, such as visual inspection or photographic recording, for example.
Synthesis
[0163] The synthesis of a dye may be described in terms of synthesis of the monomeric dye constituents, synthesis of BRIDGE, and conjugation of the monomeric dye constituents to BRIDGE. Syntheses of monomeric dyes and monomeric dyes comprising a functional group or a reactive group are now described.
Synthesis of the monomeric dves and functional molecules
[0164] Suitable monomeric dyes and monomeric dyes comprising a functional group or a reactive group may be prepared from scratch by a known procedure or any suitable procedure, or by modifying commercially available material that already has a suitable or desirable core structure. Many monomeric acridine dyes may be prepared from commercially available acridine dyes. A few examples of a commercially available acridine dye that may serve as suitable starting material for synthesis are set forth directly below.
Figure imgf000057_0001
3,6-diaminoacridine Acridine Yellow Acridine Orange
[0165] Other acridine core structures may be prepared according to known procedures or any suitable procedures. Albert, A., The acridines: their preparation, physical, chemical, and biological properties and uses, Edward Arnold Ltd., London; Eldho, et al, Synth. Commun. 29, 4007 (1999); and Joseph, et ah, Bioconjugate Chem. 15, 1230 (2004). An acridine core structure may be formed by condensing a suitable diphenylamine with a suitable carboxylic acid or a carboxylic acid equivalent in the presence of a Lewis acid, as schematically illustrated in Reaction 1 directly below.
[0166] Reaction 1
Figure imgf000057_0002
[0167] In Reaction 1, R', R" and R'" are suitable substituents, as further described below. The diphenylamine starting material is either commercially available or may be synthesized from a suitable arylhalide and a suitable arylamine using a known method or any suitable method. Yang, et al., J. Organomet. Chem. 576, 125 (1999); Hartwig, et al., J. Org. Chem. 64, 5575 (1999); and Wolfe, et al, J. Org. Chem. 65, 1158 (2000).
[0168] The nature of the substituents and the position where the substituents are attached may have a profound effect on the spectral property of the dye. In general, electron-donating groups at the 2-, 3-, 6- and 7- positions will increase the absorption and emission wavelengths of the dye. A typical electron-donating group may be an amino group, an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an alkylthio group, by way of example. A more typical electron-donating group may be an amino group, an alkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, or an alkoxy group, by way of example. In general, an electron-withdrawing group at the 9-position will increase the absorption and emission wavelengths of the dye. A typical electron- withdrawing group may be a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aminocarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an aldehyde group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminosulfonato group, an alkylaminosulfonato group, or a halide group, by way of example. A more typical electron-withdrawing group may be a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or a halide group.
[0169] In general, once the acridine core structure is built, the 10-nitrogen is alkylated with a haloalkyl group, which typically comprises an additional reactive group or a functional group that can be converted to a reactive group. The additional reactive group serves to conjugate the acridine dye to BRIDGE. Several ways of making monomeric acridine orange dyes with a suitable reactive group are schematically illustrated in Scheme 1 directly below.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000059_0001
Br(CH2J5CO2Et
Figure imgf000059_0002
[0170] The 9-position of 10-alkylated acridine may be readily substituted with a cyano group, which can be further hydrolyzed to a carboxamide group, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 2 directly below.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000060_0001
H2SOVH2O
Figure imgf000060_0002
[0171] Methods of preparing reactive monomeric asymmetric cyanine dyes have been described. Carreon, et al., Org. Lett. 6(4), 517 (2004). Such a dye may have the structure (Structure 11) set forth directly below.
Structure 11
Figure imgf000060_0003
[0172] U.S. Patent No. 5,863,753 discloses the preparation of a series of reactive asymmetric cyanine dyes, including ones that have a substituent ortho to the quinolinium or pyridinium nitrogen. Such a substituent, especially a cyclic substituent, ortho to the quinolinium or pyridinium nitrogen, is said to confer desired properties to the asymmetric cyanine dyes, according to U.S. Patent No. 5,436,134. These cyclically substituted asymmetric cyanine dyes are commonly referred to as SYBR dyes. Zipper, et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 32(12), elO3 (2004). Some of the reactive SYBR dyes are commercially available from Molecular Probes, Inc. (Eugene, OR), although the exact structures of these dyes are not known. Haugland, R.P., Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals, 9th edition.
[0173] U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0132046 discloses methods for preparing monomeric asymmetric cyanine dyes with minor groove-binding capability. In general, these dyes possess a crescent-shaped structure by virtue of having an additional benzazolyl substitutent on the benzazolyl ring of the dyes. Similar monomeric dyes having a suitable reactive group may be prepared using similar methods, for example, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 3 directly below.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000061_0001
[0174] Reactive phenanthridinium dyes may be prepared from the commercially available 3,8-diamino-6-phenylphenanthridine, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 4 directly below.
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000061_0002
Figure imgf000061_0003
[0175] Merely by way of example, Dye No. 35 of Table 2 may be prepared using the phenanthridinium intermediate with a reactive group shown in Scheme 4 above.
[0176] Preparations of pyronin derivatives with a reactive group at the 9-position may be carried out by condensing two equivalents of m-aminophenol derivative with one equivalent of dicarboxylic anhydride, as schematically illustrated in Scheme 5 directly below.
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000062_0001
[0177] Many monomeric non-fluorescent nucleic acid-binding dyes are known pigments used in textile and ink industries and are commercially available. References for preparations of these dyes can be found in the literature. Many suitable reactive monomeric fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes and non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dyes are commercially available or may be prepared readily using known methods.
Synthesis of BRIDGE
[0178] BRIDGE is usually formed when the monomeric dyes are coupled to a bi- or tri-functional group, which is often commercially available. In general, the terminal portions of BRIDGE are from the monomeric dyes themselves, while the middle portion of BRIDGE is from a bi- or tri-functional molecule available from a commercial source. In some cases, a significant portion of BRIDGE, such as up to about 90%, for example, may be pre-attached to the monomeric dyes prior to the final assembly of the dimeric or trimeric dye. In some other cases, most of BRIDGE may be prepared separately before the monomeric dyes are attached. In the case of heterodimer synthesis, a mono-protected bi-functional linker group is usually first attached to one monomeric dye, followed by de-protection and coupling to the second monomeric dye. Hetero trimeric dyes may be synthesized using a similar stepwise protection-de-protection strategy. Conjugation of the monomeric dves to BRIDGE
[0179] In general, dimeric and trimeric dyes may be assembled by conjugating monomeric dyes having a suitable reactive group with a bi- or tri-functional linker in a one-step coupling reaction for some of the homodimers, or in multi-step reactions for heterodimers and trimers or some of the homodimers comprising multiple bridge element A. Examples of synthetic routes to selected homodimer and heterodimers are schematically illustrated in Scheme 6 directly below.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000063_0001
[0180] An example of the preparation of a homotrimeric dye is schematically illustrated in Scheme 7 directly below. Scheme 7
Figure imgf000064_0001
[0181] Examples of methods for preparing a dimeric dye having a reactive group are illustrated in Scheme 8 directly below.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000065_0001
EXAMPLES
Example 1: Preparation of 10-(3-Iodopropyl)acridine orange, iodide [0182] One equivalent of 1,3-diiodopropane was added to a suspension of 5g of acridine orange (Aldrich) in 10 mL of chlorobenzene. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90-1000C overnight. The hot reaction mixture was poured into ~200mL of EtOAc. The orange precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum, yielding ~8g.
Example 2: Preparation of 10-(5-Carboxypentyl)acridine orange, chloride salt [0183] 10-(5-Ethoxycarbonylpentyl)acridine bromide was prepared using the procedure of Example 1, with the exception that 1,3-diiodopropane was replaced with ethyl 6-bromohexanoic acid. The crude product (5g) was suspended in ~100mL methanol and 3 equivalents of NaOH dissolved in 3OmL H2O. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Methanol was removed by evaporation, and the remaining aqueous solution was acidified with concentrated HCl. About 5OmL saturated NaCl was added to precipitate the product. The product was collected by filtration and then dried under vacuum at 45°C for 24 hours.
Example 3: Preparation of DMAO (Dye No. 1 of Table 2)
[0184] 10-(3-Iodopropyl)acridine orange, iodide (lOOmg) was suspended in 2OmL 2M dimethylamine in methanol in a sealed tube and then stirred at 60°C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and then poured into 5OmL EtOAc. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation and then dried under vacuum at 4O0C for 24 hours.
Example 4: Preparation of TMAO (Dye No. 2 of Table 2)
[0185] A mixture of DMAO (Dye No. 1 of Table 2) (llmg, 0.023mmol) and CH3I (0.5mL) in CH3OH (2mL) was refluxed gently for 4 days. The orange product (lOmg) was collected by suction filtration.
Example 5: Preparation of PMAO (Dye No. 5 of Table 2)
[0186] A mixture of 10-(3-iodopropyl)acridine orange iodide salt (lOOmg, O.lδmmol) and N,ΛζJVW'-tetramethyl-l,3-ρroρanediamine (0.3mL, 1.8mmol) in CH3OH (1OmL) was refluxed overnight. After cooling down to room temperature, the precipitate was collected by suction filtration. The precipitate was resuspended in CH3OH (5mL) and refluxed overnight and collected by suction filtration. It was dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give a dark red solid (14mg).
Example 6: Preparation of A0A0-2Q (Dye No. 9 of Table 2): [0187] A mixture of 10-(3-iodopropyl)acridine orange iodide salt (81mg, 0.15mmol) and PMAO (lOOmg, 0.15mmol) in DMF (1.5mL) was heated at 1300C for 7 hours. After cooling down to room temperature, CH3OH (15mL) was added and the suspension was heated to reflux for 1 hour. Suction filtration gave the product as dark red solid (83.1mg).
Example 7: Preparation of A0A0-2 (Dye No. 7 of Table 2)
[0188] Et3N (0.15mL, 1.05mmol) and TSTU (320mg, 1.05mmol) were added to a suspension of 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (438mg, 1.03mmol) in DMF (5mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, followed by the addition of Et3N (O.lmL) and 3,3'-diamino-N- methyldipropylamine (50mg, 0.344mmol). After the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, EtOAc (2OmL) was added to precipitate the product. The crude product was re-dissolved in DMF and precipitated out again with EtOAc. The solid (250 mg) was separated by centrifugation.
Example 8: Preparation of A0A0-3 (Dye No. 8 of Table 2)
[0189] The dye (393mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange (432mg, 1.03mmol) and ethylenediamine (25mg, 0.42mmol).
Example 9: Preparation of 10-(8-Bromooctyl)acridine orange bromide [0190] A mixture of acridine orange (2g, 7.53mmol) and 1,8-dibromoactane (12mL, 67.8mmol) in chlorobenzene (15mL) was heated at HO0C overnight. EtOAc (5OmL) was added and the suspension was refluxed for 1 hour. After cooling down to room temperature, suction filtration gave the product as orange solid (3.56g).
Example 10: Preparation of A0A0-5 (Dye No. 11 of Table 2) [0191] A mixture of 10-(8-bromoactyl)acridine orange bromide (0.5g, 0.94mmol) and acridine orange (0.3g, 11.2mmol) in DMF (5mL) was heated at 1300C overnight. EtOAc was added to precipitate the product. Repeat precipitate from DMF and EtOAc gave the product as dark red solid (214mg). Example 11: Preparation of A0A0-7 (Dye No. 13 of Table 2) [0192] The dye (30mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (121mg, 0.29mmol) and 1,5- diamino-pentane dihydrochloride ( 20mg, 0.12mmol).
Example 12: Preparation of A0A0-8 (Dye No. 15 of Table 2) [0193] The dye (182mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (241mg, 0.58mmol) and piperazine (20mg, 0.23mmol).
Example 13: Preparation of AOAO-Il (Dye No. 18 of Table 2) [0194] The dye (112mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt(180mg, 0.43mmol) and 1,8- diamino-octane (25mg, 0.17mmol).
Example 14: Preparation of A0A0-12 (Dye No. 19 of Table 2) [0195] The dye (76 mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (147mg, 0.35mmol) and 2,2'oxybis(ethyl-amine) dihydrochloride (25mg, 0.14mmol).
Example 15: Preparation of A0A0-13 (Dye No. 20 of Table 2) [0196] The dye (64 mg) was synthesized by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (96mg, 0.23mmol) and 4,7,10~trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (20mg, 0.09mmol).
Example 16: Preparation of l,3-Di-((2-(N-t-Boc-amino)ethyl)aminocarbonyl) benzene (Dye No. 101, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000068_0001
[0197] Et3N (0.4mL, 2.71mmol) and TSTU (820mg, 2.71mmol) were added to a solution of isophthalic acid (220mg, 1.32mmol) in DMF (2mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Addition of Et3N (ImL) and mono-tBoc-ethylenediamine (460mg, 2.86mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then partitioned between IN HCl (10OmL) and EtOAc (5OmL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (5OmL) and the combined organic layers were washed with IN HCl (2 x 5OmL), H2O (5OmL), and saturated NaCl (5OmL), and dried with anhydrous Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using EtOAcrhexanes (9:1) as eluent to give the colorless solid product (356mg).
Example 17: Preparation of l,3~Di-((2-aminoethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoro- acetic acid salt (Dye No. 102, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000069_0001
[0198] l,3-di-((2-(N-t-Boc-amino)ethyl)aminocarbonyl) benzene (356mg, 0.79mmol) was added to TFA (5mL) at O0C. The mixture was stirred at O0C for 1 hour and the solution was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The colorless residue was dissolved in CH3OH (2mL) and added dropwise to Et2O (3OmL). The precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give the solid product (425mg).
Example 18: Preparation of A0A0-9 (Dye No. 16 of Table 2) [0199] The dye (55mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (109mg, 0.26mmol) and 1,3-Di((2- aminoethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoroacetic acid salt (50mg, O.lmmol).
Example 19: Preparation of l,3-Di((5-(N-t-Boc-amino)pentyl)aminocarbonyl) benzene (Dye No. 103, shown directly below)
0
(H3C)3C- -COf "^ HHNN-v. /\^v^NN >*%>>^NH-'\^v^NH^0_c(CH3)3
O O
[0200] The dye (555mg) was prepared according to the procedure to make l,3-di-((2- (N-t-Boc-ammo)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene from isophthalic acid (254mg, 1.53mmol) and mono-tBoc cadaverine (640mg, 3.15mmol).
Example 20: Preparation of l,3-Di-((5-aminopentyl)aminocarbonyl)benzene, trifluoro-acetic acid salt (Dye No. 104, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000070_0001
[0201] The dye (560mg) was prepared according to the procedure for Dye No. 102 (555mg, 1.04mmol).
Example 21: Preparation of AOAO-10 (Dye No. 17 of Table 2) [0202] The dye (22mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (95mg, 0.23mmol) and Dye No. 104 (50mg, 0.09mmol).
Example 22: Preparation of A0A0-14 (Dye No. 21 of Table 2) [0203] The dye (150mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make A0A0-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (166mg, 0.40mmoi) and diamido- dPEG-diamine (Quanta Biodesign of Powell, Ohio) (lOOmg, 0.15mmol).
Example 23: Preparation of 10-((((3-(N-Boc-amino)propyl)-iV,iV- dimethyl)ammonium)propyl) acridine, diiodide (Dye No. 105, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000070_0002
[0204] A mixture of 10-(3-iodopropyl)acridine orange iodide (500mg, 0.89mmol) and 3-(N-t-Boc-amino)ρroρyl-iV;N-dimethylamine (1.8g, 8.9mmol) in CH3OH (5OmL) was refluxed overnight. After cooling down to room temperature, the precipitate was collected by suction filtration and dried to a constant weight to give Dye No. 105 as an orange solid (292mg).
Example 24: Preparation of 10-((((3-ammonium)propyl)-iV",N-dimethyl)ammonium) propyl acridine, trifluoroacetate salt (Dye No. 106, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0205] Dye No. 105 (50mg, 0.06mmol) was added to TFA (2mL) at O0C. The mixture was stirred at O0C for 30 minutes. The solution was concentrated to dryness in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in CH3OH (3mL). The solution was added dropwise to Et2O (3OmL) and the precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give Dye No. 106 as an orange solid (28mg).
Example 25: Preparation of A0A0-4 (Dye No. 10 of Table 2) [0206] The dye (23mg) was prepared by using the procedure to make AOAO-2 from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride salt (31mg, 0.075mmol) and Dye No. 106 (28mg, 0.036mmol).
Example 26: Preparation of 10-(6-(N-Phthalimido)hexyl)acridine orange bromide salt (Dye No. 107, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000071_0002
[0207] A mixture of acridine orange (2g, 7.54mmol) and N-(6- bromohexyl)phthalimide (4.7g, 15.1mmol) in chlorobenzene (2OmL) was heated at HO0C for 2 days. EtOAc (5OmL) was added and the suspension was heated to reflux for 1 hour. After cooling down to room temperature, the product Dye No. 107 was collected by suction filtration as an orange solid (3.76g).
Example 27: Preparation of 10-(5-((5-Carboxypentyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl)acridine orange, iodide (Dye No. 108, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000072_0001
[0208] Et3N (40μL, 0.28mmol) and TSTU (81mg, 0.27mmol) were added to a suspension of 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (107mg, 0.258mmol) in DMF (3mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Addition of Et3N (0.2mL) and a solution of 6-aminohexanoic acid (67mg, 0.51mmol) in H2O (ImL) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was triturated with H2O to give Dye No. 108 as an orange solid (125mg).
Example 28: Preparation of 9-Cyano-10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange, chloride (Dye No. 109, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000072_0002
[0209] A mixture of 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange (0.15g, 0.361mmol) and sodium cyanide (35mg, 0.722mmol) in DMF (3mL) was stirred at room temperature in open air for 2 days. CH3CN (1OmL) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The dark blue precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give Dye No. 109 (130mg).
Example 29: Preparation of A0A0-12R (Dye No. 22 of Table 2) [0210] Et3N (32μL, 0.23mmol) and TSTU (68mg, 0.227mmol) were added to a solution of Dye No. 109 (98.3mg, 0.223mmol) in DMF (2mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Addition of Et3N (lOOμL) and 2,2'-oxybis-(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (16mg, 0.09mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The solution was concentrated to about ImL and EtOAc (2mL) was added. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation. The product was re-dissolved in DMF and precipitated again with EtOAc to give Dye No. 22 as a dark blue solid (54.4mg).
Example 30: Preparation of 9-Aminocarbonyl-10-(5-carboxyphentyl)acridine (Dye No. 110, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000073_0001
[0211] A solution of Dye No. 109 (30mg, 0.068mmol) in 75% H2SO4 (ImL) was heated at 6O0C for 2 days. After cooling down to room temperature, the mixture was added to Et2O (1OmL). The precipitate was collected by centrifugation and re- dissolved in CH3OH (1.5mL). EtOAc (1OmL) was added and the solid precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight in vacuo to give Dye No. 110 as a dark pink solid (20.4mg).
Example 31: Preparation of N-Carboxypentyl thiazole orange (shown directly below)
Figure imgf000073_0002
[0212] The dye was prepared using published procedure (Carreon, et ah, Org. Let. 6(4), 517 (2004)).
Example 32: Preparation of TOTO-3 (Dye No. 14 of Table 2)
[0213] The dye (354mg) was prepared using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from iV-Carboxypentyl thiazole orange (460mg, 1.04mmol) and ethylene diamine (25mg, 0.42mmol).
Example 33: Preparation of 10-(5-((2-(N-t-Boc-amino)ethyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange chloride salt (Dye No. Ill, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000074_0001
[0214] Et3N (106μL, 0.76mmol) and TSTU (230mg, 0.76mmol) were added to a suspension of 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (302mg, 0.73mmol) in DMF (3mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The addition of Et3N (350 μL) and mono t-BOC-ethylenediamine (150 mg, 0.92 mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH3CN (2mL) and precipitated by the addition of EtOAc (2OmL). The precipitate was collected by centrifugation and dried to a constant weight to give Dye No. Ill as orange solid (365 mg).
Example 34: Preparation of 10-(5-((2-Ammoniumethyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange, trifluoroacetate (Dye No. 112, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000074_0002
[0215] Dye No. Ill (347mg, 622mmol) was added in one portion to trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) at 50C. The mixture was stirred at 50C for 1 hour and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH3OH (3mL) and added dropwise to Et2O (5OmL). The precipitate was collected by centrifugation to give Dye No. 112 as orange solid (297mg).
Example 35: Preparation of AOTO-3 (Dye No. 23 of Table 2) [0216] Et3N (20μL, 0.142mmol) and TSTU (42.2mg, 0.142mmol) were added to a solution of N-carboxypentylthiazole orange (62mg, 0.142mmol) in DMF (ImL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. Addition of Et3N (70μL) and Dye No. 112 (50mg, 0.095mmol) followed. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in DMF (ImL) and EtOAc (2mL) was added. The precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Repeated precipitation from DMF and EtOAc gave the product as orange red solid (50.4mg)
Example 36: Preparation of TOTO-12 (Dye No. 24 of Table 2) [0217] The dye (19.4mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from N-carboxypentylthiazole orange (94.5mg, 0.2145mmoi) and 2,2'oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (15mg, 0.085mrnol).
Example 37: Preparation of TO(3)TO(3)-12 (Dye No. 25 of Table 2) [0218] The dye (32.6mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from N-carboxypentyl thazole blue (Carreon, et ah, Org. Let. 6(4), 517 (2004); and Benson, et al, Nucleic Acid Res. 21(24), 5727 (1993)) (99mg, 0.212mmol) and 2,2'oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (15mg, 0.085mmol).
Example 38: Preparation of TO(3)TO(3)-2 (Dye No. 26 of Table 2) [0219] The dye (28.4mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 from iV-carboxypentyl thiazole blue (76mg, 0.173mmol) and 3,3'-diamino-N- methyldi-propylamine (lOmg, 0.069mmol).
Example 39: Preparation of 10-(5-((5-(N-t-Boc-amino)pentyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) -acridine orange, chloride (Dye No. 113, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000075_0001
Q-
[0220] The dye (280mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize Dye No. Ill from 10-(5-carboxypentyl)acridine orange chloride (200mg, 0.483mmol) and mono t-BOC-cadaverine (130mg, 0.628mmol).
Example 40: Preparation of 10-(5-((5-ammoniumpentyl)aminocarbonyl)pentyl) acridine orange, trifluoroacetate (Dye No. 114, shown directly below)
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0221] Dye No. 114 (234mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize Dye No. 112 from Dye No. 113 (280mg, 0.467mmol).
Example 41: Preparation of AORO-7 (Dye No. 27 of Table 2) [0222] The compound (29mg) was prepared by using the procedure to synthesize AOTO-3 from compound No. 114 (35mg, O.Oόlmmol) and the rosamine dye (Biotium, Inc. (Hayward, CA) ) (40mg, 0.063mmol).
Example 42: Absorbance and fluorescence of DMAO and AOAO-7 [0223] The absorbance spectra, as shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3, and fluorescence emission spectra, as shown in Figure 4, of DMAO and AOAO-7, were measured separately without DNA presence, or with DNA presence (2mg/ml of salmon sperm DNA), in PBS buffer. All dye concentrations were adjusted to provide an optical density of 0.05 at 495 nm. The spectra were normalized to 1 in the absorbance plot. Relative to DMAO, AOAO-7 exhibits a new shorter wavelength peak at 471 nm in absorbance, indicating aggregation of the two acridine monomers within AOAO-7. Upon binding to DNA, absorbances of AOAO-7 and DMAO showed 5nm- and IOnm-red shifts, respectively, relative to free dyes. The fluorescence of free AOAO-7 is about 5 times lower than that of DMAO. The lower background fluorescence of AOAO-7 is advantageous in real time qPCR. The fluorescence per acridine monomer of AOAO-7 is close to that of DMAO, indicating that two monomers of AOAO-7 no longer quenched each other when bound to DNA and the linker between the two did not exhibit negative effect on the quantum yield.
Example 43: Absorbance spectra of TOTO-I and TOTO3
[0224] In a similar manner to that described in connection with Example 42, the absorbance spectra of TOTO-I and TOTO-3 were measured without DNA presence, as shown in Figure 5, or in the presence of 2mg/ml of salmon sperm DNA, as shown in Figure 6, in PBS buffer. As shown in Figure 5, the spectra of the free dyes indicate that TOTO-3, which has BRIDGE that is neutral or substantially devoid of positive charges, forms an intramolecular H-dimer, or a hairpin structure, while TOTO-I, which has multiple positive charges, has less spectral shift. As shown in Figure 6, the absorption spectra of both TOTO-I and TOTO-3 in the presence of DNA shift to about the same position, indicating that the hairpin structure of TOTO-3 dimer opens up upon binding to DNA, and that both TOTO-I and TOTO-3 form similar types of DNA-dye complexes.
Example 44: Fluorescence of A0A0-12 in response to different amount of DNA [0225] The fluorescence of 0.1 μM A0A0-12 in 20OmL of PBS in the presence of 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0 and 10 μg/ml final concentrations of salmon sperm DNA or a mixture of single-stranded 20mer oligonucleotide were measured on a microtiter plate reader (SpectraMax of Molecular Devices Corporation (Sunnyvale, CA)). The fluorescence was plotted against DNA concentration, as shown in Figure 7. It can be seen that fluorescence linearly responded to DNA up to 2.0μg/ml (inset). At higher concentrations of DNA, the response became non-linear. A0A0-12 fluoresces more intensely when bound to double stranded DNA than when bound to single stranded DNA.
Example 45: Comparing signal strengths of A0A0-12 and SYBR Green I in qPCR [0226] This example demonstrates the superior property of A0A0-12 to SYBR Green I in fluorescence signal strength in qPCR. All real-time amplifications were performed in 20μL reaction solution comprising 1OmM Tris (pH 8.0), 5OmM KCl, 3.5mM MgC12, 2mM each of dNTP, and 1 unit of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase (ABI, Foster City, CA) and various concentrations of a fluorescent monitoring dye. An ATPB fragment (SEQ ID NO: 1) in pTOPO plasmid was amplified with 0.5μM forward primer 5'-GAGGTCTTCACAGGTCATA-S' (SEQ ID NO: 2), 0.5μM reverse primer 5'-CTCTTCAGCCAGCTTATC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 3). The thermal regimen was set at 950C for 1 minute followed by 50 cycles of 15-second duration at 950C, of 15-second duration at 550C, and of 15-second duration at 720C. Fluorescence was measured at the 550C stage. Consistent with an earlier report (Nath, K., et ah, Effects of ethidium bromide and SYBR Green I on different polymerase chain reaction systems, J. Biochem Biophys Methods 42, 15 (2000)), SYBR Green I exhibited inhibition to PCR reactions, as shown in Figure 8, where Ct was delayed at higher SYBR Green I concentrations. Relative to SYBR Green I concentrations, higher concentrations of A0A0-12 could be added to reactions without exhibiting inhibition. As a result, the final fluorescence strength with A0A0-12 could be several folds higher, allowing for more sensitive detection. Alternatively, with A0A0-12, a less sensitive optical device could be used in thermal cycling fluorometers, leading to less expensive instruments.
Example 46: Titration of Human Genomic DNA
[0227] Amplifications of a UBC fragment (SEQ ID NO: 8) from human genomic DNA were performed under conditions similar to those set forth in Example 45, with either SYBR Green I (final absorption peak at 495nm corresponds to an optical density of 0.025, or A495 = 0.025) or A0A0-12 (final A495 = 0.1), except that (1) different forward and reverse primers sets (5'-ACTGGTAAGACCATCACC-S' (SEQ ID NO: 9) and 5'-GCAATGAAATTTGTTGAA-S' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) were used, and (2) a series of 10-fold dilutions of human DNA served as the templates. Figure 8 shows amplification plots of the reactions starting with 105 copies of human DNA down to 10 copies either with SYBR Green I or with A0A0-12. The inset shows that the Ct value is reversibly correlated with the logarithm of starting copy number monitored with both dyes. A0A0-12 is evidently superior to SYBR Green I in signal strength.
Example 47: TO, TOTO-I and TOTO12 in qPCR
[0228] This example demonstrates the improved property of TOTO-12 over TO (thiazole orange, an asymmetric cyanine dye), or TOTO-I in qPCR. All real-time amplifications were performed as in Example 5, except that TO, TOTO-I and TOTO- 12 were used. As shown in Figure 11, TOTO-I completely inhibited the PCR reaction, while TOTO-12 gave improved Ct and improved fluorescence intensity relative to TO in qPCR. The TOTO-12 dimeric dye is superior to each of the TO and TOTO-I dyes.
Example 48: Absorbance and fluorescence of A0R0-7
[0229] In a manner similar to that described in connection with Example 42, the absorbance spectra of A0R0-7 were taken alone or in the presence of 2μg/ml of salmon sperm DNA in PBS buffer, as shown in Figure 12. The emission spectra of A0R0-7 bound to DNA are shown in Figure 13. The heterodimeric dye A0R0-7 comprises a monomeric AO dye and a fluorescent non-nucleic acid rosamine RO dye. Two emission peaks, contributed by AO and RO moieties, respectively, were recorded. It was possible to record qPCR with A0R0-7 in Channel 1 with the excitation set at 490nm and the emission collected at 530nm, or Ex490/Em530, or in Channel 3 with Ex580/Em630, on a Chromo4 from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA), but only weakly in Channel 2 (Ex520/Em570) (data not shown). As the fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) effect is negligible, either monomeric dye constituent, AO or RO, can be chosen as the reporter dye.
Example 49: Heterodimer dye A0R0-7 in qPCR
[0230] The example demonstrates the utility of AORO-7 in qPCR. Real time amplifications were performed as in Example 5, except that AORO-7 with an optical density of 0.025 at 600nm in the final solution was used. As shown in Figure 14, AORO-7 may be used effectively be used to monitor the qPCR reaction course and to detect the melting curve of the amplicon (inset). The finding that this qPCR was monitored in Channel 3 (Ex580/Em630) on an iCycle IQ Multiple-Color Real-Time PCR Detection System from Bio-Rad Laboratories (Hercules, CA) provides an example that almost any dye of desirable wavelength may be tailored into a DNA reporter dye in qPCR by methods disclosed herein, thus widening the spectral use for qPCR monitoring. At present, most TaqMan probes use FAM or VIC, which occupy the same channels of SYBR Green I. It would be advantageous to use a sequence- specific-probe, such as a TaqMan probe, and a sequence-non-specific dye of different wavelength, such as AORO-7, in qPCR, wherein the probe provides sequence specificity and the dye provides other parameters of the amplicon, such as melting temperautres.
Example 50: Melting peaks monitored with A0A0-12
[0231] SYBR Green I was reported to be advantageous in that the melting temperature of an amplicon could be detected after qPCR amplification. The melting temperature provides valuable information about the amplicon, as it is a function of the size and GC content of the amplicon. No melting temperatures could be collected from TaqMan reactions. Melting curves from four amplicons, i.e., HMBS (SEQ ID NO: 4), RPL4 (SEQ ID NO: 5), SDHA (SEQ ID NO: 6), and TBP (SEQ ID NO: 7) were measured from reactions amplified in the presence of A0A0-12 (Panel A) or SYBR Green (Panel B) and are presented in Figure 15. The melting peaks collected with A0A0-12 correlated well with those collected with SYBR Green I. As AOAO- 12 binds DNA with high affinity but less tightly than SYBR Green I, melting temperatures from A0A0-12 are about 2 degrees lower than those from SYBR Green I. As higher concentrations of A0A0-12 could be used in real time PCR reactions, melting peaks are markedly higher. The data demonstrate the relative utility of A0A0-12.
[0232] It has been reported that qPCR reactions with SYBR Green I tend to form primer-dimers, and the tendency is closely related to the concentration of SYBR Green I. It has been postulated that SYBR Green I binds to DNA so tightly that it interferes with the performance of Taq DNA polymerase. As A0A0-12 has less affinity to DNA, the interference should be alleviated. This property of A0A0-12 is evident from Figure 15, in that the HMBS amplification reaction in the presence of SYBR Green I has an extra primer dimer peak, while the same amplification in the presence of A0A0-12 exhibits only a single, clean, and specific peak.
Example 51: Stability of AOAO dyes
[0233] The stability of dimeric dyes comprising monomeric AO was demonstrated. Specifically, A0A0-12 was kept in PCR reaction buffers with PCR products. The mixture was heated to 960C for 40 minutes. During the heating course, the mixture was brought down to 6O0C briefly to monitor the fluorescence. As shown in Figure 16, A0A0-12 is stable at 960C for 40 minutes substantially without loss of fluorescence. The data demonstrate the robustness of A0A0-12 in PCR.
Example 52: Preparation of TOTO-13 (Dye No. 29 of Table 2) [0234] The dye (102mg) was prepared using the procedure to synthesize A0A0-2 (Dye No. 7 of Table 2) from N-carboxypentyl thiazole orange (102mg, 0.23mmole) (Example 31) and 4,7,10-trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (23mg, O.lmole).
Example 53: Preparation of N-(5-carboxypentyl)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)styryl) pyridinium bromide
[0235] A mixture of 4-iV,iV-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde (3g, 20mmoles), N-(5- carboxy-pentyl)picolinium bromide (5.6g, 20mmoles) and piperidine (2mL) in ethanol (10OmL) was heated at 60 °C overnight. The mixture was evaporated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in methanol and then precipitated with ether to give the product (6.7g).
[0236] Example 54: Preparation of STST-19 (Dye No. 31 of Table 2) [0237] The dye (85mg) was prepared using the procedure to prepare A0A0-2 (Example 7) from N-(5-carboxypentyl)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)styryl)pyridinium bromide (Example 53) (200 mg, 0.5mmole) and 2,2'-oxybis(ethylamine) dihydrochloride (36mg, 0.2mmoles).
Example 55: Preparation of STST-27 (Dye No. 30 of Table 2) [0238] The dye (81.8mg) was prepared using the procedure to prepare A0A0-2 (Example 7) from JV-(5-carboxypentyl)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)styryl)pyridinium bromide (Example 53) (200 mg, 0.5mmole) and 4,7,10-trioxa-l,13-tridecanediamine (44mg, 0.2mmoles).
[0239] A useful dye, such as a dimeric dye or a trimeric dye, has been described herein. Such a dye may have any of a number of desirable properties, such as relatively low background fluorescence, relatively low PCR inhibition, good fluorescent signal strength, and good stability, for example. Generally, a dye having at most one positive charge may have any of a number of applications, such as use in the labeling of another molecule, and such as use in the detection of the presence or absence of nucleic acid, for example. Further, generally, such a dye that is substantially neutral, has any of a number of applications, such as use in PCR processes or use in the detection of the presence or absence of nucleic acid, or use in quantitative real-time PCR, for example.
[0240] A number of useful dimeric and trimeric dyes have been described. By way of example, a dye that is suitable for covalent conjugation with, or labeling of, another molecule to confer the nucleic acid-detecting capability of the dye on the molecule; a dye that is suitable for detecting the presence or absence of nucleic acid in a sample that may or may not comprise nucleic acid; and a dye that is suitable for detecting nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample, such as a sample that undergoes a process suitable for nucleic acid amplification should the sample comprise a target nucleic acid, have been described. A method for preparing any of the foregoing dyes and a method of using any of the foregoing dyes have also been described. Any method of using a composition described herein is contemplated herein. A kit suitable for determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample, which comprises a suitable dye of the present invention, and a suitable composition sufficient for amplification of a target nucleic acid in a sample should it comprise a target nucleic acid, is contemplated herein, as is any kit comprising a composition described herein that has useful application.
[0241] Various modifications, processes, as well as numerous structures relating to the description herein may be applicable, as will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, upon review of the specification. Various references, publications, provisional and non-provisional United States or foreign patent applications, and/or United States or foreign patents, have been identified herein, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by this reference. Various aspects and features may have been explained or described in relation to understandings, beliefs, theories, underlying assumptions, and/or working or prophetic examples, although it will be understood that any such understanding, belief, theory, underlying assumption, and/or working or prophetic example is not binding. Although the various aspects and features have been described with respect to various embodiments and examples herein, it will be understood that any of same is not limiting with respect to the full scope of the appended claims.

Claims

1. A method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample that may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid, the method comprising: providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, the fluorescent nucleic acid dye having the formula:
Qi BRIDGE -Q2
wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms; Qi is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent are optionally the same; performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid; and illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
2. A method of determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample that may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid, the method comprising: providing a test solution comprising the sample and a fluorescent nucleic acid dye, the fluorescent nucleic acid dye having the formula:
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic, substantially neutral linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms; Qi is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; Q3 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent are optionally the same; performing a process using the test solution that would be sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid; and illuminating the test solution with light at a wavelength sufficient for absorption by the reporter dye constituent and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
3. The method of any of claims 1 and 2, wherein the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent is selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein said performing comprises performing a real-time PCR process.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein each R1, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; one of R2 and R3 represents where where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; when R2 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, R3 is H or -CH3; when R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, R2 is selected from H, -CH3, -NH2, -NHCH3, -CN, and -C(=0)NH2; each R6, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; each R7, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; for each pair of adjacent R6 or R7 and R1, independently, R6 or R7 and R1 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring; and Ψ is an anion.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein each Ri is H; R2 is H; R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R6 is -CH3; and each R7 is -CH3.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000085_0002
wherein R1' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, inclusive; a halogen; -OR9; -SR10; -NRi1R12; -CN; -NH(C=O)Ri3; -NHS(=O)2R14; - C(=0)NHRi5; or a substituent associated with minor groove binding; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
when Ri' comprises at least one of R9, Rio, Ri1, Ri2, R13, Ri4 and R15, any said one of R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, Ri3, R14 and Ri5, independently, is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), inclusive, or an aryl; when R1' comprises Rn and R12, Rn and Ri2 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
X is selected from O and S;
n is selected from O5 1, and 2;
R6 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; — ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryϊ, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
R7 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
Rs is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
Rs' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Rn; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S;
Rs and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), inclusive, independently, by C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl, C1-C2, inclusive, alkoxy, C1-C2, inclusive, alkylmercapto, or a halogen; For any R6, R8, or R8' that comprises at least one of R16 and Ri7, any said one of Ri6 and Ri7 thereof, independently, is H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl;
for any R6, Rg, and R8' that comprises Ri6 and Rn, Ri6 and Ri7 thereof may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
only one of Ri', R6, R7 and R8 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and
Ψ is an anion.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure: ψ
Figure imgf000087_0001
wherein R7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000087_0002
wherein Ri represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein BRIDGE has the formula:
-Li-^-CCH^α^atA'-CC^β^btA'-CCH^ctA'-CC^δ-JdfA^CCH^-le [A^CCH^-j^-CCH^-Jg^-CCH^-jh^-CC^HrA10-^-
wherein each of L1 and L2, independently, is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and ι, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein BRIDGE comprises from about 8 to about 100 non-hydrogen atoms, inclusive.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10, independently, is a NABEG comprising a moiety that comprises at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, thiourea bond, ether bond, or thioether bond; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein BRIDGE has the formula:
-(CH2)x-C(=O)NH-(CH2)α-[O-(CH2)β]b-[O-(CH2)r]c-NH(O=C)-(CH2)x-
wherein each x, independently, is an integer selected from 1 to 11, inclusive; α is an integer selected from 2 to about 20, inclusive; each of β and γ, independently, is 2 or 3; b is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and c is zero or 1.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein x is 5; α and γ are the same and are 2 or 3; β is 2; b is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and c is 1.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein Q1 and Q2 are the same.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein each dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000089_0001
wherein each Ri is H;
R2 is H;
R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R6 is -CH3; each R7 is -CH3; and
Ψ is an anion.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein each dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000089_0002
wherein R1' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, inclusive; a halogen; -OR9; -SRi0; -NR11R12; -CN; -NH(C=O)R13; -NHS(=O)2R14; - C(=0)NHR15; or a substituent associated with minor groove binding; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
when R1' comprises at least one of R9, Ri0, Rn, R12, R13, R14 and R15, any said one of R9, R10, Rn, R12, Ri3, Ri4 and R15, independently, is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), inclusive, or an aryl;
when Ri' comprises R1I and Ri2, Ri1 and R12 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O; X is selected from O and S;
n is selected from 0, 1, and 2;
R6 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; — OR16; -SR16; -NR16R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
R7 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure ;
Rs is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - OR16; -SR16; -NRi6R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
Rs' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SR16; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S;
Rs and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), inclusive, independently, by C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl, C1-C2, inclusive, alkoxy, C1-C2, inclusive, alkylmercapto, or a halogen;
for any R6, R8, or Rg' that comprises at least one of Ri6 and Ri7, any said one of Ri6 and Ri7 thereof, independently, is H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl; for any R6, Rs, and R8' that comprises R16 and R17, R16 and R17 thereof may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
only one of R1', R6, R7 and Rg represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and
Ψ is an anion.
18. The method of claim 13, wherein each dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure: ψ
Figure imgf000091_0001
wherein R7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
19. The method of claim 13, wherein each dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000091_0002
wherein Ri represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
20. The method of any of claims 1 and 4, wherein the fluorescent nucleic acid dye has the structure:
Figure imgf000091_0003
wherein Ψ is I" or Cl'.
21. A composition having the formula:
Q1- BRIDGE -Q2
wherein Qi is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; Ch is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non- fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent are optionally the same; and
BRIDGE comprises about 8 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge, and has the formula:
-LrtA'-CCHa^atA'-CC^p-lbtA'-CCH^-JctA'-CC^δ-ldtA'-CCH^e-Je
[A6-(CH2)ζ-]f[A7-(CH2)η-]g[A8-(CH2)θ-]h[A9-(CH2) -]i-A10-L2-
wherein each of Li and L2, independently, is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and 1, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; wherein when the Ql dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye and the Q2 dye constituent is an asymmetric cyanine dye, a sum of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i is greater than three, or at least one of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 is a NABEG comprising a moiety that comprises at least one bond linkage that comprises at least one amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, or thiourea bond; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from halogens, N, O, and S.
22. The composition of claim 21, wherein BRIDGE comprises from about 12 to about 60 non-hydrogen atoms, inclusive.
23. The composition of claim 21, wherein BRIDGE comprises from about 15 to about 40 non-hydrogen atoms, inclusive.
24. The composition of claim 21, wherein Qi is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye, and Q2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent selected from an acridine dye, an asymmetric cyanine dye, a symmetric cyanine dye, a phenanthridinium dye, and a pyronin dye, and a styryl dye.
25. The composition of claim 24, wherein the acridine dye has the structure:
Figure imgf000093_0001
wherein each Ri, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; one of R2 and R3 represents where where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; when R2 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, R3 is H or -CH3; when R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure, R2 is selected from H, -CH3, -NH2, -NHCH3, -CN, and -C(=O)NH2; each R6, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; each R7, independently, is H or a C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl; for each pair of adjacent R6 or R7 and R1, independently, R6 or R7 and R1 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring; and Ψ is an anion.
26. The composition of claim 25, wherein each R1 is H; R2 is H; R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R6 is -CH3; and each R7 is -CH3.
27. The composition of claim 24, wherein the asymmetric cyanine dye has the structure:
Figure imgf000094_0001
wherein R1' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, inclusive; a halogen; -OR9; -SR10; -NR11R12; -CN; -NH(C=O)Ri3; -NHS(=O)2R14; - C(=0)NHRi5; or a substituent associated with minor groove binding; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
when R1' comprises at least one of R9, R10, Ri1, R12, R13, R14 and R15, any said one of R9, Rio, Rn, R12, Ri3, R14 and R15, independently, is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), inclusive, or an aryl;
when R1' comprises R11 and R12, R1I and R12 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
X is selected from O and S;
n is selected from 0, 1, and 2;
R6 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - OR16; -SRi6; -NR16R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
R7 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
Rs is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - OR16; -SR16; -NR16R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
R8' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; — OR16; -SR16; -NR16R17; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S;
Rs and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), inclusive, independently, by C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl, C1-C2, inclusive, alkoxy, C1-C2, inclusive, alkylmercapto, or a halogen;
for any R6, R8, or R8' that comprises at least one of R16 and R17, any said one of R16 and R17 thereof, independently, is H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl;
for any R6, Rs, and R8' that comprises R16 and R17, R16 and R17 thereof may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
only one of R1', R6, R7 and R8 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
28. The composition of claim 24, wherein the asymmetric cyanine dye the structure: ψ
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein R7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
29. The composition of claim 24, wherein the phenanthridinium dye has the structure:
Figure imgf000096_0002
wherein Rx represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
30. The composition of claim 21, wherein BRIDGE has the formula:
-(CH2)x-C(=O)NH-(CH2)α-[O-(CH2)β]b-[O-(CH2)γ]c-NH(O=C)-(CH2)x-
wherein each x, independently, is an integer selected from 1 to 11, inclusive; α is an integer selected from 2 to about 20, inclusive; each of β and γ, independently, is 2 or 3; b is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and c is zero or 1.
31. The composition of claim 30, wherein x is 5; α and γ are the same and are 2 or 3; β is 2; b is 0, 1, 2, or 3; and c is 1.
32. The composition of claim 30, wherein Qi and Q2 are the same.
33. The composition of claim 30, wherein each dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000097_0001
wherein each Ra is H;
R2 is H;
R3 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; each R6 is -CH3; each R7 is -CEt3; and
Ψ is an anion.
34. The composition of claim 30, wherein each dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000097_0002
wherein Ri' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 6 carbons, inclusive; a halogen; -OR9; -SR10; -NRnRi2; -CN; -NH(C=O)Ri3; -NHS(=O)2Ri4; - C(=0)NHRi5; or a substituent associated with minor groove binding; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
when Ri' comprises at least one of R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, R13, Ri4 and R15, any said one of Rg, Rio, Rn, R12, R13, R14 and R15, independently, is H or alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s), inclusive, or an aryl;
when Ri' comprises Rn and Ri2, Rn and Ri2 may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O;
X is selected from O and S;
n is selected from 0, 1, and 2; R6 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
R7 is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising an aryl and at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure ;
Rs is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S; or represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure;
Rs' is H; alkyl or alkenyl having 1 carbon to 10 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; a halogen; - ORi6; -SRi6; -NRi6Ri7; or a substituted or an unsubstituted aryl, optionally comprising 1 to 3 hetero atom(s), inclusive, selected from halogens, N, O, and S;
Rs and R8' may in combination form a fused aromatic ring, which may be further substituted 1 to 4 time(s), inclusive, independently, by C1-C2, inclusive, alkyl, C1-C2, inclusive, alkoxy, C1-C2, inclusive, alkylmercapto, or a halogen;
for any R6, R8, or Rs' that comprises at least one of Ri6 and Ri7, any said one of Ri6 and Ri7 thereof, independently, is H; alkyl having 1 carbon to 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally incorporating 1 to 2 nitrogen(s) or an aryl;
for any R6, R8, and Rs' that comprises Ri6 and Ri7, Ri6 and Ri7 thereof may in combination form a 5- or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated ring, which optionally comprises at least one hetero atom selected from N and O; only one of R1', R6, R7 and Rg represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and
Ψ is an anion.
35. The composition of claim 30, wherein each dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure: ψ
Figure imgf000099_0001
wherein R7 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
36. The composition of claim 30, wherein each dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent has the structure:
Figure imgf000099_0002
wherein R1 represents where BRIDGE attaches to the structure; and Ψ is an anion.
37. A dye having the structure:
wherein Ψ is I" or Cl".
38. A dye having the structure:
Figure imgf000100_0001
wherein Ψ is I' or Cl".
39. A dye having the structure:
Figure imgf000100_0002
wherein Ψ is I" or Cl".
40. A dye having the structure:
Figure imgf000100_0003
wherein Ψ is I" or Cl"
41. A composition having the formula:
Qi BRIDGE -QP
Q3 wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 to about 150 non-hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge; Qi is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non- nucleic acid dye constituent; Q3 is a dye constituent selected from a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent, a fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent, and a non-fluorescent non-nucleic acid dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a reporter dye constituent; at least one dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent, the Q2 dye constituent, and the Q3 dye constituent is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent or a non-fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and the reporter dye constituent and the fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent are optionally the same.
42. The composition of claim 41, wherein BRIDGE comprises:
-L1-[A1-(CH2)α-]a[A2-(CH2)β-]b[A3-(CH2)y-]c[A4-(CH2)δ-]d[A5-(CH2)ε-]e [A6-(CH2)ζ-]f[A7-(CH2)η-]g[A8-(CH2)θ-]h[A9-(CH2) -]i-A10-U-
wherein each of Li and L2, independently, is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S;
Li is covalently bound to one dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent;
L2 is covalently bound to the dye constituent of the Q1 dye constituent and the Q2 that is other than said one dye constituent; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and ι, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; each of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and one of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 has the formula: T
B' L3
wherein T is a substituted carbon, a substituted nitrogen, or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from O, N and S;
L3 is covalently bound to Q3 and is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; and
B' has the formula:
-(CH^α-^^CCH^βHa-fA^-CCH^-lb-μ^-CC^δ-]^14-
wherein -(CH2)α< is covalently linked to T and A14 is covalently linked to L3; each of A11, A12, A13, and A14 is independently a nucleic-acid- binding-enhancing-group (NABEG), a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α', β', γ', and δ' is independently zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each of a', b', and c' is independently zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive.
43. A composition having the formula:
Qr BRIDGE -QP
Rr
wherein BRIDGE is a substantially aliphatic linker comprising from about 15 t 150 non-hydrogen atoms and up to one positive charge; Q1 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; Q2 is a fluorescent nucleic acid dye constituent; and R1 is a reactive group or a functional group.
44. The composition of claim 43, wherein BRIDGE comprises:
-Lx-fA^CCH^α-la^-^^β-JbtA^CCH^HctA'-CC^δ-ldtA'-CC^e^e
Figure imgf000103_0001
wherein each of Li and L2, independently, is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S;
Li is covalently bound to one dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 dye constituent;
L2 is covalently bound to the dye constituent of the Qi dye constituent and the Q2 that is other than said one dye constituent; each of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 , independently, is a nucleic-acid-binding-enhancing-group (NABEG); a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α, β, γ, δ, ε, ζ, η, θ, and ι, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; each of a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i, independently, is zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and one of A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, and A10 has the formula:
T
B1
U
wherein T is a substituted carbon, a substituted nitrogen, or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from O, N and S;
L3 is covalently bound to Rr and is a moiety comprising a single bond; a polymethylene unit having 1 carbon to about 12 carbons, inclusive, optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or an aryl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; and
B' has the formula:
-(CΗ2)β-[A11-(CH2)β-]a'[A12-(CH2)r-]b'[A13-(CH2)Hc'A14-,
wherein -(CH2)α> is covalently linked to T and A14 is covalently linked to L3; each of A11, A12, A13, and A14 is independently a nucleic-acid- binding-enhancing-group (NABEG), a branched alkyl optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; or at least one saturated 5- or 6-membered ring optionally comprising at least one hetero atom selected from N, O and S; each of α', β', γ', and δ' is independently zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive; and each of a', b', and c' is independently zero or an integer from 1 to about 20, inclusive.
45. A method of using a dye, comprising: conjugating the composition of claim 44 to a substrate molecule.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the substrate molecule is selected from a nucleotide, an oligonucleotide, a peptide, a protein, a hapten, a drug, a microparticle, a synthetic polymer, a natural polymer, a biological cell, a virus, and a molecule of a solid surface.
47. A method of preparing a sample that may or may not comprise nucleic acid, comprising: providing a combination of the sample and the composition of any of claims 21, 30 and 41, wherein if nucleic acid is present in the sample, a nucleic acid-dye complex is formed.
48. The method of claim 47, further comprising incubating the combination.
49. A method of determining presence or absence of nucleic acid in a sample, comprising: providing a combination of the sample and the composition of any of claims 21, 30 and 41, wherein if nucleic acid is present in the sample, a nucleic acid-dye complex is formed; and illuminating the combination with light at a wavelength sufficient such that if a nucleic acid-complex is formed the light is absorbed thereby, and determining fluorescent emission or a lack thereof.
50. A kit for determining nucleic acid formation or a lack thereof in a sample that may or may not comprise a target nucleic acid, the kit comprising: at least one composition sufficient for amplification of the target nucleic acid in the sample should the sample comprise the target nucleic acid; and a composition of any of claims 21, 30 and 41.
PCT/US2006/009910 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods WO2006099605A2 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020077023864A KR101333434B1 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
JP2008502133A JP5249013B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimer and trimer nucleic acid dyes and related systems and methods
EP06738900A EP1863933B1 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
ES06738900T ES2374966T3 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 COLORS OF DIMERIC AND TRIMERIC NUCLEIC ACIDS, AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.
DK06738900.7T DK1863933T3 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes and associated systems and methods
CA2601455A CA2601455C (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
AT06738900T ATE527382T1 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 DIMERS AND TRIMERS NUCLEIC ACID DYES AND SYSTEMS AND METHODS RELATED THEREOF
CN200680008515.XA CN101142326B (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimerization and trimerization nucleic acid dye and relevant system and method
AU2006225134A AU2006225134B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US66361305P 2005-03-17 2005-03-17
US60/663,613 2005-03-17
US11/377,253 2006-03-16
US11/377,253 US7776567B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-16 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006099605A2 true WO2006099605A2 (en) 2006-09-21
WO2006099605A3 WO2006099605A3 (en) 2007-05-18

Family

ID=36992471

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/009910 WO2006099605A2 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-17 Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (3) US7776567B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1863933B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5249013B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101333434B1 (en)
CN (2) CN101142326B (en)
AT (1) ATE527382T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2006225134B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2601455C (en)
DK (1) DK1863933T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2374966T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2006099605A2 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103108921A (en) * 2010-03-15 2013-05-15 普渡研究基金会 Higher order structured dyes with enhanced optical features
WO2015116707A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
WO2017019817A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted therapeutics
WO2017019830A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted therapeutics

Families Citing this family (76)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7776567B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2010-08-17 Biotium, Inc. Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
US7601498B2 (en) * 2005-03-17 2009-10-13 Biotium, Inc. Methods of using dyes in association with nucleic acid staining or detection and associated technology
BRPI0721095B1 (en) 2006-12-13 2015-09-29 Luminex Corp SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTIPLEX REAL-TIME PCR ANALYSIS
CN102712614B (en) * 2009-12-04 2015-12-02 拜奥蒂乌姆股份有限公司 The xanthene dye of heterocyclic substituted
US8877437B1 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-11-04 Biotium, Inc. Methods of using dyes in association with nucleic acid staining or detection
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
KR101866401B1 (en) 2010-04-05 2018-06-11 프로그노시스 바이오사이언스, 인코포레이티드 Spatially encoded biological assays
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
JP5985503B2 (en) 2010-12-16 2016-09-06 バイオ−ラッド ラボラトリーズ インコーポレーティッド Universal reference dye for quantitative amplification
EP2655327B1 (en) 2010-12-21 2016-02-24 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Fluorescent compounds
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
US8889884B1 (en) 2011-07-14 2014-11-18 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Phosphine derivatives of fluorescent compounds
US9249307B2 (en) 2011-08-16 2016-02-02 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Benzocyanine compounds
US20130052650A1 (en) 2011-08-29 2013-02-28 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Dye blends
US9751868B2 (en) 2012-02-28 2017-09-05 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Benzocyanine compounds
EP2804860B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2016-06-15 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Indole derivatives as labeling dye for biomolecule
US9682970B2 (en) 2012-06-29 2017-06-20 Biotium, Inc. Fluorescent compounds and uses thereof
WO2014035712A1 (en) 2012-08-28 2014-03-06 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Benzopyrylium compounds
EP2909337B1 (en) 2012-10-17 2019-01-09 Spatial Transcriptomics AB Methods and product for optimising localised or spatial detection of gene expression in a tissue sample
US10557853B2 (en) * 2012-12-31 2020-02-11 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Molecular sensor and methods of use thereof
EP2964785B8 (en) 2013-03-04 2020-10-21 Fry Laboratories LLC Method and kit for characterizing microorganisms
CA2913729C (en) 2013-05-31 2022-05-03 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Department Of Health And Human Services Real-time pcr point mutation assays for detecting hiv-1 resistance to antiviral drugs
LT3013983T (en) 2013-06-25 2023-05-10 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays using a microfluidic device
CN105001665B (en) * 2014-04-15 2017-05-31 苏州嘉恒生物科技有限公司 The preparation and its application of a kind of new nucleic acid dyestuff
EP3212792B1 (en) * 2014-10-29 2021-01-06 Biotium, Inc. Nucleic acid modifying agents and uses thereof
CN104448898B (en) * 2014-12-04 2016-09-07 延边大学 A kind of synthetic method of pyronin derivative dye
EP4321627A3 (en) 2015-04-10 2024-04-17 10x Genomics Sweden AB Spatially distinguished, multiplex nucleic acid analysis of biological specimens
US11415493B2 (en) * 2016-03-17 2022-08-16 Perkinelmer Health Sciences B.V. Detection of cells in a liquid sample
KR102608609B1 (en) * 2016-04-26 2023-12-04 에스에프씨 주식회사 Compound based acridine, labeling dye, kit and contrast medium composition for biomolecule comprising the same
CN106009761B (en) * 2016-05-31 2017-08-15 延边大学 A kind of preparation method of pyronin dyestuff
CN110426442B (en) * 2016-06-13 2022-02-11 苏州优逸兰迪生物科技有限公司 Method for testing nucleic acid gel electrophoresis
JP2020066637A (en) * 2017-02-27 2020-04-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Dyeing agent for pathological diagnosis, cell nucleus dyeing method, manufacturing method of pathological specimen, and dye
US11603561B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2023-03-14 INDIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY MADRAS (IIT Madras) Method for direct quantification of nucleic acids in real time qPCR
US11519033B2 (en) 2018-08-28 2022-12-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for transposase-mediated spatial tagging and analyzing genomic DNA in a biological sample
US20220064630A1 (en) 2018-12-10 2022-03-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Resolving spatial arrays using deconvolution
US11926867B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
US11649485B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2023-05-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
WO2020243579A1 (en) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of detecting spatial heterogeneity of a biological sample
WO2021091611A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatially-tagged analyte capture agents for analyte multiplexing
WO2021092433A2 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Enhancing specificity of analyte binding
ES2982420T3 (en) 2019-12-23 2024-10-16 10X Genomics Inc Methods for spatial analysis using RNA-templated ligation
US20210190770A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-06-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for using fixed biological samples in partition-based assays
US11732299B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial assays with perturbed cells
US11702693B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-07-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for printing cells and generating arrays of barcoded cells
US11821035B1 (en) 2020-01-29 2023-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods of making gene expression libraries
US12076701B2 (en) 2020-01-31 2024-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Capturing oligonucleotides in spatial transcriptomics
US12110541B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-10-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for preparing high-resolution spatial arrays
US11898205B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-02-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing capture efficiency of spatial assays
US11732300B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing efficiency of spatial analysis in a biological sample
US11835462B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2023-12-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for partitioning a biological sample
US11891654B2 (en) 2020-02-24 2024-02-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of making gene expression libraries
US11926863B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Solid state single cell method for analyzing fixed biological cells
US11768175B1 (en) 2020-03-04 2023-09-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Electrophoretic methods for spatial analysis
CN111363377B (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-11-30 苏州优逸兰迪生物科技有限公司 Nucleic acid dye and preparation method and application thereof
CN115916999A (en) 2020-04-22 2023-04-04 10X基因组学有限公司 Methods for spatial analysis using targeted RNA depletion
AU2021275906A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2022-12-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis to detect sequence variants
EP4153775B1 (en) 2020-05-22 2024-07-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity
WO2021242834A1 (en) 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for resetting an array
WO2021247543A2 (en) 2020-06-02 2021-12-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid library methods
EP4158054A1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-04-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial transcriptomics for antigen-receptors
US12031177B1 (en) 2020-06-04 2024-07-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of enhancing spatial resolution of transcripts
EP4421186A3 (en) 2020-06-08 2024-09-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof
EP4446430A2 (en) 2020-06-10 2024-10-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for determining a location of an analyte in a biological sample
CN115697998A (en) * 2020-06-15 2023-02-03 南京金斯瑞生物科技有限公司 Novel fluorescent compound with large-range Stokes shift
WO2021263111A1 (en) 2020-06-25 2021-12-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis of dna methylation
US11761038B1 (en) 2020-07-06 2023-09-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for identifying a location of an RNA in a biological sample
US11981960B1 (en) 2020-07-06 2024-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis utilizing degradable hydrogels
US11981958B1 (en) 2020-08-20 2024-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using DNA capture
US11926822B1 (en) 2020-09-23 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Three-dimensional spatial analysis
US11827935B1 (en) 2020-11-19 2023-11-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using rolling circle amplification and detection probes
EP4121555A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-01-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes
EP4421491A2 (en) 2021-02-19 2024-08-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Method of using a modular assay support device
WO2022198068A1 (en) 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Multiplex capture of gene and protein expression from a biological sample
WO2022256503A1 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, kits, and systems for enhancing analyte capture for spatial analysis
WO2023034489A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and kits for blocking a capture probe on a spatial array
WO2024181398A1 (en) * 2023-03-02 2024-09-06 慶應義塾 Fluorescent dye for detecting nucleic acid

Family Cites Families (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4883867A (en) 1985-11-01 1989-11-28 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of reticulocytes, RNA or DNA
US5118801A (en) 1988-09-30 1992-06-02 The Public Health Research Institute Nucleic acid process containing improved molecular switch
US5763162A (en) 1990-03-14 1998-06-09 The Regents Of University Of California Multichromophore fluorescent DNA intercalation complexes
US5401847A (en) 1990-03-14 1995-03-28 Regents Of The University Of California DNA complexes with dyes designed for energy transfer as fluorescent markers
EP0529002B1 (en) 1990-05-15 2001-10-04 Hyperion, Inc. Fluorescent porphyrin, and fluorescent phthalocyanine - polyethylene glycol, polyol, and saccharide derivatives as fluorescent probes
US5210015A (en) 1990-08-06 1993-05-11 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Homogeneous assay system using the nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase
WO1993006482A1 (en) 1991-09-16 1993-04-01 Molecular Probes, Inc. Dimers of unsymmetrical cyanine dyes
US5321130A (en) 1992-02-10 1994-06-14 Molecular Probes, Inc. Unsymmetrical cyanine dyes with a cationic side chain
US5410030A (en) 1993-04-05 1995-04-25 Molecular Probes, Inc. Dimers of unsymmetrical cyanine dyes containing pyridinium moieties
US5436134A (en) 1993-04-13 1995-07-25 Molecular Probes, Inc. Cyclic-substituted unsymmetrical cyanine dyes
US6277570B1 (en) 1993-04-13 2001-08-21 Naxcor Nucleic acid sequence detection employing probes comprising non-nucleosidic coumarin derivatives as polynucleotide-crosslinking agents
US5658751A (en) 1993-04-13 1997-08-19 Molecular Probes, Inc. Substituted unsymmetrical cyanine dyes with selected permeability
US5445946A (en) 1993-04-13 1995-08-29 Molecular Probes, Inc. Intravacuolar stains for yeast and other fungi
US5545535A (en) 1993-04-13 1996-08-13 Molecular Probes, Inc. Fluorescent assay for bacterial gram reaction
US5534416A (en) 1993-04-13 1996-07-09 Molecular Probes, Inc. Fluorescent viability assay using cyclic-substituted unsymmetrical cyanine dyes
US5925517A (en) 1993-11-12 1999-07-20 The Public Health Research Institute Of The City Of New York, Inc. Detectably labeled dual conformation oligonucleotide probes, assays and kits
US5538848A (en) 1994-11-16 1996-07-23 Applied Biosystems Division, Perkin-Elmer Corp. Method for detecting nucleic acid amplification using self-quenching fluorescence probe
ATE280243T1 (en) * 1994-04-29 2004-11-15 Johnson & Johnson Clin Diag HOMOGENEOUS METHOD FOR DETECTING DOUBLE STRAND NUCLEIC ACIDS USING FLUORESCENT DYES AND USEFUL KITS
US5656449A (en) 1995-03-06 1997-08-12 Molecular Probes, Inc. Neutral unsymmetrical cyanine dyes
ATE196322T1 (en) 1995-05-05 2000-09-15 Perkin Elmer Corp METHODS AND REAGENTS FOR COMBINING PCR AMPLIFICATION WITH A HYBRIDIZATION ASSAY
AU713667B2 (en) 1996-04-12 1999-12-09 Phri Properties, Inc. Detection probes, kits and assays
AU726501B2 (en) 1996-06-04 2000-11-09 University Of Utah Research Foundation Monitoring hybridization during PCR
US6037137A (en) 1997-02-20 2000-03-14 Oncoimmunin, Inc. Fluorogenic peptides for the detection of protease activity
US5846726A (en) 1997-05-13 1998-12-08 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of nucleic acids by fluorescence quenching
GB9813062D0 (en) 1998-06-18 1998-08-19 Univ Wales Medicine An anthraquinone and its derivatives
US6664047B1 (en) 1999-04-30 2003-12-16 Molecular Probes, Inc. Aza-benzazolium containing cyanine dyes
WO2002014555A2 (en) 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 University Of Utah Research Foundation Single-labeled oligonucleotide probes
JP4265134B2 (en) * 2001-01-11 2009-05-20 東ソー株式会社 Novel fluorescent dye and method for measuring nucleic acid
DE60122784T2 (en) 2001-03-30 2007-09-20 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research VIOLOGICAL BONDED ACRIDINE MOLECULE AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
SE519116C2 (en) 2001-05-10 2003-01-14 Lightup Technologies Ab Synthesis and evaluation of new cyanine dyes that bind to minor groove
US9261460B2 (en) 2002-03-12 2016-02-16 Enzo Life Sciences, Inc. Real-time nucleic acid detection processes and compositions
US20030092062A1 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-05-15 Reddy M. Parameswara Immobilizing biological molecules
US7166478B2 (en) * 2002-03-12 2007-01-23 Enzo Life Sciences, Inc., C/O Enzo Biochem, Inc. Labeling reagents and labeled targets, target labeling processes and other processes for using same in nucleic acid determinations and analyses
US7582429B2 (en) * 2002-10-23 2009-09-01 University Of Utah Research Foundation Amplicon melting analysis with saturation dyes
WO2005033342A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Molecular Probes, Inc. Detection of immobilized nucleic acid
US7387887B2 (en) * 2004-04-20 2008-06-17 University Of Utah Research Foundation Nucleic acid melting analysis with saturation dyes
US7671218B2 (en) * 2004-08-13 2010-03-02 Elitech Holdings B.V. Phosphonate fluorescent dyes and conjugates
US7776567B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2010-08-17 Biotium, Inc. Dimeric and trimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
US7601498B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2009-10-13 Biotium, Inc. Methods of using dyes in association with nucleic acid staining or detection and associated technology
US8877437B1 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-11-04 Biotium, Inc. Methods of using dyes in association with nucleic acid staining or detection

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None
See also references of EP1863933A4

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103108921A (en) * 2010-03-15 2013-05-15 普渡研究基金会 Higher order structured dyes with enhanced optical features
CN103108921B (en) * 2010-03-15 2015-02-25 普渡研究基金会 Higher order structured dyes with enhanced optical features
WO2015116707A1 (en) * 2014-01-28 2015-08-06 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
CN106132443A (en) * 2014-01-28 2016-11-16 麦迪韦逊技术股份有限公司 targeted therapy
WO2017019817A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted therapeutics
WO2017019830A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted therapeutics

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140106349A1 (en) 2014-04-17
ES2374966T3 (en) 2012-02-23
KR101333434B1 (en) 2013-11-26
ATE527382T1 (en) 2011-10-15
EP2428586B1 (en) 2013-05-08
CN102942566A (en) 2013-02-27
CN101142326B (en) 2015-09-30
AU2006225134A1 (en) 2006-09-21
CA2601455C (en) 2014-10-14
US20060211028A1 (en) 2006-09-21
CA2601455A1 (en) 2006-09-21
CN101142326A (en) 2008-03-12
EP1863933A4 (en) 2009-04-08
US8530195B2 (en) 2013-09-10
US9580749B2 (en) 2017-02-28
DK1863933T3 (en) 2012-02-13
WO2006099605A3 (en) 2007-05-18
EP1863933A2 (en) 2007-12-12
AU2006225134B2 (en) 2012-04-12
JP5249013B2 (en) 2013-07-31
US7776567B2 (en) 2010-08-17
EP2428586A1 (en) 2012-03-14
CN102942566B (en) 2016-04-20
KR20070116118A (en) 2007-12-06
US20100317016A1 (en) 2010-12-16
EP1863933B1 (en) 2011-10-05
JP2008533491A (en) 2008-08-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2428586B1 (en) Dimeric nucleic acid dyes, and associated systems and methods
US8153802B2 (en) Dyes linked to target molecules, oligonucleotides or polynucleotides comprising dye molecules, composite dyes and other compositions useful for detecting or quantifying desirable target molecules
US10106573B2 (en) Fluorescent dyes and methods of use thereof
US20210079225A1 (en) Monoazo dyes with cyclic amine as fluorescence quenchers
CN111801340A (en) Novel quencher and reporter dye combinations
BR112020017959B1 (en) PROBE, METHOD FOR DETECTING OR QUANTIFYING A TARGET NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULE IN A SAMPLE BY POLYMERASE CHAIN REACTION, KITS AND COMPOSITION

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680008515.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 6874/DELNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2601455

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2008502133

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006225134

Country of ref document: AU

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006738900

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006225134

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060317

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077023864

Country of ref document: KR